CO2 High-Pressure Suppression Systems

Product Catalogue 2019 | EMEA

Product Sheet | Gas

Version: 2019-01

Product Catalog
Gas-Based Suppression System

Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems

Fight fires using CO2 High Pressure

This product catalog is intended for sales purposes only. For planning, installation,
commissioning and operation, please refer to the corresponding technical documentation,
which are enclosed with the products.

© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Contents Page I

 Product Sheet | Gas

Contents Catalog Page

Extinguishing technology
Carbon dioxide (CO2) - extinguishing systems.....................................................................................................1

Cylinder filled
CO2 - Cylinder EU.................................................................................................................................................2
CO2 - Cylinder RU................................................................................................................................................4
CO2 - Cylinder DOT..............................................................................................................................................6
CO2 - Cylinder K85Ex EU.....................................................................................................................................8
CO2 - Cylinder MX K633 EU.................................................................................................................................9

Cylinder valve
CO2 Cylinder valve............................................................................................................................................. 11
CO2 Cylinder valve, UL.......................................................................................................................................12
CO2 Cylinder valve type K85-62.0-S5Ex............................................................................................................ 13
CO2 Cylinder valve MX K633.............................................................................................................................. 15

Cylinder accessories
Bursting disc securing 250 bar........................................................................................................................... 17

Ad-on part cylinder

Weighing device WE4.........................................................................................................................................18
Weighing device WE4-L......................................................................................................................................20
Weight weighing device......................................................................................................................................22
Support ARGOTEC.............................................................................................................................................23
Release device for K85.62.0-S5Ex..................................................................................................................... 24
Hose CO2 / IG W21.8 x 3/4 x 375, 235 bar......................................................................................................... 26

Manifold
Manifold 140 bar - M300.....................................................................................................................................27
Check valve KRV-1 complete............................................................................................................................. 29

Cylinder rack mechanical

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - M300.....................................................................................................30
Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - M300........................................................................................................32
Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - M300R..................................................................................................34
Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - M300 - 80 l............................................................................................36
Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - M300 - 80 l...............................................................................................38
Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - master actuation........................................................................................................ 40
Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - slave actuation........................................................................................................... 42
Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - R - master actuation..................................................................................................44
Release box VZ3................................................................................................................................................46
Release box VZ3-R 24 V complete.................................................................................................................... 48
Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - Ex.......................................................................................................... 50
Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - Ex............................................................................................................ 52
Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - master actuation - Ex.................................................................................................54
Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - slave actuation - Ex...................................................................................................56
Release box VZ3-Ex...........................................................................................................................................58
Cylinder rack - CO2 single cylinder release for pilot cylinder..............................................................................60
Accessories cable duct for cylinder banks.......................................................................................................... 62
Disable device release box BEA......................................................................................................................... 63
Release cylinder.................................................................................................................................................65
Cover - M300......................................................................................................................................................66

Single cylinder system

Single cylinder system CO2 and Argon 67,5 l - 200 bar.....................................................................................68

© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Contents Page II

 Product Sheet | Gas

Contents Catalog Page

Pipe element
Manifold HD - DN50 PB 235 CO2 / IG / MX 1230/200........................................................................................70

Valve
Ball valve BK-MK DN25, DN40 and DN50......................................................................................................... 71

Pipe coupling
Fittings for CO2 / IG upstream piping - 200 bar..................................................................................................72
Fittings "PT" for CO2 with pressure test upstream piping - 140 bar....................................................................74

CO2 Manifold
Manifold selector valve DN65/80/100 complete pneumatic, CO2 / inert gas (CF) / MX 1230/200...................... 76

Selector valve
Selector valve BV DN25 - 50 complete PB 235, pneumatic, CO2 / IG / MX 1230/200........................................78
Selector valve MX-BV DN25 - 50 PB235, CO2 / IG / MX 1230/200....................................................................80

Selecor valve accessories

Push-button selector valve.................................................................................................................................82
Ball valve MX-BV DN25, DN40 and DN50......................................................................................................... 83
Manifold support complete - manifold 365 bar....................................................................................................84
Push-button selector valve.................................................................................................................................85

Safety valve
Safety valve G1/2 - 140 bar................................................................................................................................86
Safety valve G1/2 - 120 bar................................................................................................................................87

Nozzle
Local application nozzle ED - 1/2 and 3/4.......................................................................................................... 88
Nozzle MX1/4-H..................................................................................................................................................90
Nozzle type DD...................................................................................................................................................91
Nozzle assembly flush type and insertion type...................................................................................................92
Booth protection nozzle KD 2 - 42,5.................................................................................................................. 93
CO2 nozzle deep-fat fryers CSD......................................................................................................................... 94
Nozzle RD 1/2 and 3/4........................................................................................................................................95
Nozzle RD 1/2 and 3/4 UL-Code........................................................................................................................ 97

Alarm device
Makrofon MX-1...................................................................................................................................................99
Silencer makrofon MX-1...................................................................................................................................101

Control device
Release device EM...........................................................................................................................................102
Reset tool for release device EM and bracket for reset tool.............................................................................103
Lever - cylinder valve EM-release.................................................................................................................... 104
Adapter connection CO2 DN4 and DN8............................................................................................................ 105
Safety device malfunction pressure SFD DN4.................................................................................................106
Pilot control manifold CO2 - DN15.................................................................................................................... 108
Disable device MX complete............................................................................................................................ 110
Shuttle non-return valves MX-WRV DN4 and DN8.......................................................................................... 112
Shuttle non-return valve block.......................................................................................................................... 113
Control device pneumatic SEP-2...................................................................................................................... 114
Control device pneumatic SEP-2-B blocking.................................................................................................... 115
Solenoid valve 2/2-ways compl. 0 - 150 bar, NW1.5........................................................................................ 116
Door release unit FH and angle bracket door release unit FH......................................................................... 118
Triggering unit for pneumatic pressure relief flap..............................................................................................120

© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Contents Page III
 Product Sheet | Gas

Contents Catalog Page

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 mechanical with protective cover..........................................................122

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 electrical................................................................................................124
Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 electrical FM/UL....................................................................................126
Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 electrical DOT FM/UL............................................................................128
Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - S electrical, without protective cover...........................................130
Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - M/R electrical, without protective cover, with reserve .................132
Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 / BM......................................................................................................134
Lever - cylinder valve........................................................................................................................................136
Connection CO2 slave release.......................................................................................................................... 137
Solenoid release box VZ...................................................................................................................................138
Cylinder ø25 x H30...........................................................................................................................................140
Fusible link MX5...............................................................................................................................................141
Manual release box mechanical type MX-HAKM.............................................................................................143
Rope disconnection right and left..................................................................................................................... 144
Wire rope pulley A and B..................................................................................................................................146
Ropes and accessories....................................................................................................................................147
Weight 12 kg - complete...................................................................................................................................148
Steel boxes with limit switch for release weight................................................................................................149
Steel box for release weight.............................................................................................................................151
Release device EM-Ex T55..............................................................................................................................152

Monitoring device
Limit switch ZS 256-11z....................................................................................................................................154
Limit switch Typ US 432y, 2 contacts................................................................................................................ 155
Limit switch US 434y, 4 contacts...................................................................................................................... 156
Limit switch EM 41 D 1Ö/1S.............................................................................................................................157
Monitoring release device EM.......................................................................................................................... 158
Limit switch pneum. operated........................................................................................................................... 159
Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch...................................................................161
Reed contact limit switch..................................................................................................................................162
Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier.......................................................................................163
Light barrier for monitoring loss........................................................................................................................ 164
Monitoring loss pneumatic activation device PAE............................................................................................165
Monitoring for non electrical control device HP systems..................................................................................166
Monitoring rope pneumatic activation device PAE...........................................................................................167
Limit switch system monitoring / I88-SU1Zw....................................................................................................168
Limit switch type UK 432y U=180..................................................................................................................... 169
Pressure gauges PN 250 bar........................................................................................................................... 170
Shut-off valves AR- brass.................................................................................................................................171
Pressure switch CO2 / Inertgase....................................................................................................................... 172
Pressure switch CO2 / Ar / N2........................................................................................................................... 173
Plug socket for pressure switch........................................................................................................................ 174

Release device electrical

Thermo switch STS - 1.....................................................................................................................................175
Mounting socket for thermo switch STS........................................................................................................... 177
Key switch K2...................................................................................................................................................178
Emergency push-button H compl..................................................................................................................... 179
Thermo switch STS-Ex.....................................................................................................................................180

Test device
Test device pneumatic activation...................................................................................................................... 181
Adapter plug coupling test connection and socket plug-in coupling test connection........................................182
Test connection pneumatic activation............................................................................................................... 184

© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Contents Page IV

 Product Sheet | Gas

Contents Catalog Page

System accessories
Cylinder lifting device........................................................................................................................................185
Extension cylinder lifting device........................................................................................................................ 186
Label CO2 - Feuerlöschanlage......................................................................................................................... 187
Label MINIMAX.................................................................................................................................................188
Label - CE für CO2 - Hochdruckanlage............................................................................................................. 189
Label for CO2 protected area - PVC................................................................................................................ 190
Label Gaslöschanlage/Lebensgefahr............................................................................................................... 191
Label W9 - Alu Warning of danger.................................................................................................................... 192
Label - CO2- Alu für CO2- geschützten Raum...................................................................................................193
Label - CO2- Alu Reparaturarbeiten CO2.......................................................................................................... 194
Labels - CO2- Alu Carbon Dioxide.................................................................................................................... 195
Label NFPA 12..................................................................................................................................................196
Label 260 danger to life....................................................................................................................................198
Label locking pin - valve lever........................................................................................................................... 199

Mounting accessories
Hoocked wrench for coupling HD..................................................................................................................... 200
Support for weighing device.............................................................................................................................201
Support weighing device PAE........................................................................................................................... 202

Pipe welded connection

Pipe welded connection DN50 - 200................................................................................................................ 203

Welding fitting and flange

Pipe fittings.......................................................................................................................................................204
Welding neck flange DIN 2638 - PN160........................................................................................................... 206

Pipe threaded connection

Pipe threaded connection DN15 - 80................................................................................................................ 207

Fitting threaded connection

Fittings - type D, EN 10242 galvanized............................................................................................................ 208

Pilot pipe
Pipe for extinguishing pipework and pilot pipes................................................................................................210

Fitting pilot pipe

Unions - stock list.............................................................................................................................................. 211

Bracket pilot piping network

Cable clip B16 galv...........................................................................................................................................217
Hose clip DIN 3017 and pipe clip RSGU1........................................................................................................218

Accessories flange connection

Gaskets PN160.................................................................................................................................................219

© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Contents Page V

 Functional readiness
Product Sheet | Gas and operational safety
Neuralgic functions and components of the extin-
guishing system, such as the gas quantity, shut-
off, release and distribution units, are monitored
Extinguishing technology CO2 HPof the
to ensure the constant functional readiness
extinguishing system.

Carbon dioxide (CO2) - extinguishing systems

Flooding zone 1 Flooding zone 2

(room protection) (room protection)

13
12

11

10

8 9
7
6 ➐ Fire detection and
5 control panel
➊ Cylinder bank ➑ Disable device
➋ Release and time ➒ Pneumatic door
3
4
2 delay device release unit
➌ Pneumatic release device ➓ Pneumatic horn
1 ➍ Safety valve Electric horn
➎ Selector valve Room protection nozzle
➏ Changeover valve Fire detection element

Carbon dioxide (CO2) used as extinguishing agent Functional readiness and operational safety
Extinguishing with carbon dioxide is achieved by displacing Neuralgic functions and components of the extinguishing
the oxygen from a fire source quickly - and thus starving the system, such as the gas quantity, shutoff, release and
fire. The high heat binding capacity of the carbon dioxide distribution units, are monitored to ensure the constant
causes the withdrawal of energy from the source of the fire, functional readiness of the extinguishing system.
which enhances the extinguishing effect.
Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems, due to their special Personal safety
extinguishing agent properties, feature advantages over other The extinguishing process with carbon dioxide reduces
inert gas extinguishing systems: Even freestanding objects in the oxygen in the air in the protected zone significantly
a room can be protected. The liquefied carbon dioxide forms below the natural level of 21 percent by volume. Carbon
a thick aerosol cloud in the flooding zone. Special local ap- dioxide in concentrations that can extinguish fires can be
plication nozzles put the extinguishing agent precisely at the harmful to life, and therefore special safety measures are
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

object to be protected. installed.

The extinguishing process will not start until after a
Supply of extinguishing agent predetermined warning time, so that there is sufficient time to
The high-pressure steel cylinders are consolidated into one leave the room. All warning components are provided two-fold
cylinder bank at the installation location in special frames with and are connected to different power sources.
independent suspension.
Arranged in one or more rows, surprisingly large supplies of Typical areas of application
gas can be stored in a very small space. Rolling mills, turbines, transformers and substations,
The special frames can easily be adapted for extended warehouses for hazardous materials,
protection zones or quick replacement of individual cylinders. machine tools and special metal processing systems,
Each cylinder suspension is also a weighing unit, which paint and varnish manufacturing and processing areas,
automatically indicates minimal leakage of extinguishing painting and powdercoating booths (ESTA),
214-010_001 / AI01_2015en

agent. hydraulic systems, false floors and cable shafts,

If several flooding zones are connected to a common silos and dust filters, printing machines,
extinguishing agent supply, the gas is released for each zone engine test benches and ship engine compartments,
via selector valves. switching and control systems.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 1
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder EU Approvals

1), 2)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)
2)
80 l - Cylinder are not part of the VdS system approval

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 888214: Steel cylinder 5,4+3,6kg-CO2-EU

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Filling Weight
Nominal
quantity Dip-tube Odorisation Part no. approx.
volume kg (lbs)
kg (lbs)
3.6 (7.9) 3) without - 888214 11.5 / 13 (25 / 29) 4)
5.4 l 4 (8.8) without 5 ml 888215 11.5 / 13 (25 / 29) 4)
4 (8.8) rigid 5 ml 888216 12.5 / 14 (28 / 31) 4)
7.1 (15.7) 3) without - 888217 24 (53)
10.7 l 8 (17.6) without 5 ml 888218 24 (53)
7.1 (15.7) 3) rigid 5 ml 888219 23 (51)
13.4 l 10 (22.1) rigid 5 ml 888220 29 (64)
27 (59.5) 3) rigid - 888221 76 / 62 / 78 (168 / 137 / 172) 4)
40 l 30 (66.1) without 5 ml 888222 78 / 64 / 80 (172 / 141 / 176) 4)
30 (66.1) rigid 5 ml 888223 79 / 65 / 81 (174 / 143 / 179) 4)
45 (99.2) 3) rigid - 888224 118 / 102 / 121 (260 / 225 / 267) 4)
67.5 l
50 (110.2) rigid 5 ml 888226 123 / 107 / 128 (271 / 236 / 282) 4)
53.4 (117.7) 3) rigid - 888227 2) 120 (265)
80 l 2)
60 (132.3) rigid 5 ml 888228 127 (280)
3) tropical filling; 4) depending on manufacturer
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Technical data
Extinguishing agent .....................................carbon dioxide - CO2 Test pressure ..................................................250 bar (3625 psi)
Odorisation ....................................................................lemon oil Finish ..................................................................RAL3000 - red
CO2 - cylinder valve type K85-20.0-S9 ...............see cylinder valve Approval with collective certificate by a notified body in
Cylinder filled .....................................by a qualified filling centre accordance with directive 2010/35/EC.
Filling report ................................with order no. and cylinder no.
Transport ....................................................see safety data sheet Caution
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) Protect the steel cylinders against direct radiation from sun.
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Technical data cylinder CO2 without valve EU (blank): Note
214-113_001 / AI03_2017en

Cylinder (seamless) .........acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED), Steel cylinders for export come without odorisation.
..........................................................for liquefied carbon dioxide
Protective cap ..............................DIN EN ISO 1117, large type
Thread cylinder valve ....................DIN EN ISO 11363-1, 25 E
protective cap .........................DIN EN ISO 1117, W80

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 2
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder EU

Marking Marking cylinder CO2 without valve (blank)

Type label (de/en) Marking .......acc. to directives 2008/68/EC and RL 2010/35/EC
- Extinguishing agent cylinder with dip tube or pilot cylinder Additional marking
- Extinguishing agent: carbon dioxide or pilot gas: carbon dioxide - Owner marking, Minimax Feuerschutz ................................MF
- Filling quantity: ... kg - Owner no. (acc. to order) .................................................xxxxxx
- Order no.: xxxxxx
- Marking number in acc. with GGVS/ADR: UN 1013
- With odorant (if existent)
Additional marking
- Steel cylinder without dip-tube marked with plate item 4
and label item 6

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: A

bottom shape concave or convex

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Nominal øD L
volume ±3 (±0.12) approx.
5.4 l 470 / 480 (18.5 / 18.9) 5)
10.7 l 140 (5.51) 880 / 890 (34.7 / 35) 5)
13.4 l 1075 / 1085 (42.3 / 42.7) 5)
40 l 204 (8.03) 1505 / 1430 / 1535 (59.3 / 56.3 / 60.4) 5)
67.5 l 1485 / 1420 / 1500 (58.5 / 55.9 / 59.1) 5)
267 (10.51)
80 l 1680 (66.1)

5) depending on manufacturer
214-113_001 / AI03_2017en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 3
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder RU Approvals

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 888319: Steel cylinder RU 67,5l+45kg-CO2
190bar-EU

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Filling Weight
Nominal volume quantity Valve type Part no. Odorisation Dip-tube approx.
kg (lbs) kg (lbs)

45 (99.2) 1) K85-20.0-S59-190 bar 888319 - rigid 102 (225)

67.5 l 45 (99.2) 1) K85-20.0-S9 888182 - rigid 102 (225)
50 (110.2) K85-20.0-S9 888290 5 ml rigid 107 (236)
1) tropical filling

Technical data Note

Extinguishing agent ....................................carbon dioxide - CO2 Steel cylinders for export come without odorisation.
Odorisation ....................................................................lemon oil
CO2 - cylinder valve: Marking
- Typ K85-20.0-S59-190 bar ...............................see cylinder valve Type label (de/ru)
- Typ K85-20.0-S9 ..............................................see cylinder valve - Extinguishing agent cylinder with dip tube
Cylinder filled .....................................by a qualified filling centre - Extinguishing agent: carbon dioxide
Filling report ................................with order no. and cylinder no. - Project number:
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Transport ....................................................see safety data sheet - Empty weight (including valve) kg:
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) - Date of filling:
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) - Year of construction:
Technical data cylinder CO2 without valve EU (blank): - Pressure at 20±2°C: 58 bar
Cylinder (seamless) .........acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED), - Filling quantity: ... kg
...........................................................for liquefied carbon dioxide - Order no.: xxxxxx
Protective cap ..............................DIN EN ISO 1117, large type - Marking number in acc. with GGVS/ADR: UN 1013
Thread cylinder valve ....................DIN EN ISO 11363-1, 25 E - With odorant (if existent)
protective cap .........................DIN EN ISO 1117, W80 - Manufacturer: Minimax GmbH & Co. KG
Test pressure ..................................................250 bar (3625 psi)
Finish ..................................................................RAL3000 - red Marking cylinder CO2 without valve (blank)
214-113_003 / AI02_2016en

Approval with collective certificate by a notified body in Marking acc. to Directives 2008/68/EC and 2010/35/EU
accordance with directive 2010/35/EC. Additional marking
- Owner marking, Minimax Feuerschutz ................................MF
Caution - Owner no. (acc. to order) .................................................xxxxxx
Protect the steel cylinders against direct radiation from sun.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 4
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder RU

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: A

Nominal øD L
volume ±3 (±0.12) approx.

67.5 l 267 (10.51) 1420 (55.9)

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-113_003 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 5
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder DOT Approvals

without approval

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 888300: Cylinder DOT 10,7l+6,8kg-CO2

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Filling Weight
Nominal
Specification Part no. quantity Dip-tube Odorisation approx.
volume kg (lbs)
kg (lbs)
10.7 l 888300 6.8 (15) without - 19 (42)

DOT-3AA-1800 67.5 l 888301 45.4 (100) rigid 5 ml 117 (258)

80.5 l 888302 54.4 (120) rigid 5 ml 130 (287)
DOT-3AA-2175 67.5 l 888303 45.4 (100) rigid 5 ml 125 (276)

Technical data Caution

Extinguishing agent .....................................carbon dioxide - CO2 It is not allowed to transport filled steel cylinder DOT (US De-
Odorisation ....................................................................lemon oil partment of Transportation) in Europe.
CO2 - cylinder valve K85-20.0-S59-190 bar ........see cylinder valve Protect the steel cylinders against direct radiation from sun.
Cylinder filled .....................................by a qualified filling centre
Filling report ................................with order no. and cylinder no. Note
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Transport ....................................................see safety data sheet Steel cylinders for export come without odorisation.
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Technical data cylinder DOT UL CO2 without valve (blank): Marking
Specification DOT-3AA-1800: Type label (de/en)
- Name of the gas ..................................................carbon dioxide - Extinguishing agent cylinder with dip tube or pilot cylinder
- Test pressure ................................................207 bar (3002 psi) - Extinguishing agent: carbon dioxide or pilot gas: carbon dioxide
- Working pressure ..........................................124 bar (1798 psi) - Filling quantity: ... kg
Specification DOT-3AA-2175: - Order no.: xxxxxx
- Name of the gas ..................................................carbon dioxide - Marking number in acc. with GGVS/ADR: UN 1013
- Test pressure ................................................250 bar (3625 psi)
- Working pressure ..........................................150 bar (2175 psi) Marking cylinder CO2 without valve (blank)
Marking in according to DOT regulations.
214-113_005 / AI02_2016en

Protective cap ..............................DIN EN ISO 1117, large type

Thread cylinder valve ....................DIN EN ISO 11363-1, 25 E Additional marking
protective cap .........................DIN EN ISO 1117, W80 - Owner marking, Minimax Feuerschutz ...............................MF
Finish ..................................................................RAL3000 - red - Owner no. (acc. to order) .................................................xxxxxx

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 6
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder DOT

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: A

Nominal øD L
Specification
volume ±3 (±0.12) ±20 (±0.79)
10.7 l 140 (5.51) 850 (34.46)
67.5 l 1420
DOT-3AA-1800 (55.91)
80.5 l 1700
267 (10.51)
(66.93)
DOT-3AA-2175 67.5 l 1500
(59.06)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-113_005 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 7
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder K85Ex EU Approvals / CE marking

1)

1)
Conformity in acc. with 94/9/EC (ATEX) valid only in conjunction with
pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 922427: Steel cylinder K85Ex 5,4L+3,6kg-CO2-EU

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Filling Weight
Nominal
quantity Part no. approx.
volume kg (lbs)
kg (lbs)
5.4 l 3.6 (7.9) 922427 11.5 / 13 (25 / 29) 3)
10.7 l 7.1 (15.7) 922428 24 (53)
3) depending on manufacturer

Technical data Caution

Pilot gas ...................................................carbon dioxide - CO2 Protect the steel cylinders against direct radiation from sun.
CO2 - cylinder valve type ...........................type K85-62.0-S5Ex
Cylinder filled .....................................by a qualified filling centre Marking
Filling report ................................with order no. and cylinder no. Type label (de/en)
Transport ....................................................see safety data sheet - Pilot cylinder
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) - Pilot gas: carbon dioxide
- Filling quantity: ... kg
Technical data cylinder CO2 without valve EU (blank):
- Part no.: xxxxxx
Cylinder (seamless) .........acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED),
- Marking number in acc. with GGVS/ADR: UN 1013
..........................................................for liquefied carbon dioxide
Protective cap ..............................DIN EN ISO 1117, large type Additional marking
Thread cylinder valve ....................DIN EN ISO 11363-1, 25 E - Steel cylinder without dip-tube marked with plate item 3
protective cap .........................DIN EN ISO 1117, W80 and label item 5
Test pressure ..................................................250 bar (3625 psi)
Finish ..................................................................RAL3000 - red Marking cylinder CO2 without valve (blank)
Marking .......acc. to directives 2008/68/EC and RL 2010/35/EU
Approval with collective certificate by a notified body in
accordance with directive 2010/35/EU. Additional marking
- Owner marking, Minimax Feuerschutz ................................MF
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

- Owner no. (acc. to order) .................................................xxxxxx

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
SW32 View: A
~165 (~6.5)

5
3

Nominal øD L
(~150)
(~5.9)

volume ±3 (±0.12) approx.

214-113_006 / AI01_2017en

5.4 l 140 (5.51) 470 / 480 (18.5 / 18.9) 3)

A
~L

øD
10.7 l 140 (5.51) 880 / 890 (34.7 / 35) 3)
3) depending on manufacturer

bottom shape concave or convex

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 8
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder MX K633 EU Approvals

without approval

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 922727: Steel cylinder MX K633 13,4l+8,9kg-CO2-EU

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Spare parts
suspension lug WE4/guard, part no. 922992

Filling Weight
Nominal
quantity Dip-tube Odorisation Part no. approx.
volume kg (lbs)
kg (lbs)
8.9 (19.6) 1) rigid - 922727 36 (79)
13.4 l
10 (22.1) rigid 5 ml 922728 37 (82)
27 (59.5) 1) rigid - 922729 85 / 71 / 87 (187 / 157 / 192) 2)
40 l
30 (66.1) rigid 5 ml 922730 88 / 74 / 90 (194 / 163 / 198) 2)
45 (99.2) 1) rigid - 922731 126 / 110 / 129 (278 / 243 / 284) 2)
67.5 l
50 (110.2) rigid 5 ml 922732 131 / 115 / 134 (289 / 254 / 295) 2)
1) tropical filling; 2) depending on manufacturer

Technical data Note

Extinguishing agent .....................................carbon dioxide - CO2 Steel cylinders for export come without odorisation.
Odorisation ....................................................................lemon oil
CO2 - cylinder valve type MX K633 ..................see cylinder valve Marking
Guard MX K633 .................... DIN EN ISO 11117 type VSK150 Type label (de/en)
Cylinder filled .....................................by a qualified filling centre - Extinguishing agent cylinder with dip tube
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Filling report ................................with order no. and cylinder no. - Extinguishing agent: carbon dioxide
Transport ....................................................see safety data sheet - Filling quantity: ... kg
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) - Part no.: xxxxxx
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) - Marking number in acc. with GGVS/ADR: UN 1013
Technical data cylinder CO2 without valve EU (blank): - With odorant (if existent)
Cylinder (seamless) .........acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED), Marking cylinder CO2 without valve (blank)
..........................................................for liquefied carbon dioxide Marking acc. to directives 2008/68/EC and RL 2010/35/EU
Thread cylinder valve ...................DIN EN ISO 11363-1, 25 E
protective cap ........................DIN EN ISO 11117, W80 Additional marking
Test pressure ..................................................250 bar (3625 psi) - Owner marking, Minimax Feuerschutz ................................MF
Finish ..................................................................RAL3000 - red - Owner no. (acc. to order) .................................................xxxxxx
Approval with collective certificate by a notified body in Marking guard MX K633
214-113_007 / AI00_2017en

accordance with directive 2010/35/EU. ISO P C / 150kg / -40°C

DIN EN ISO 11117
Caution VSK150 / Art.-Nr.: FB 000-356
www.rapidsystem.de
Protect the steel cylinders against direct radiation from sun.
922991

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 9
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder CO2 filled

CO2 - Cylinder MX K633 EU

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: A

Note
Valve with dismantled solenoid
device unit (K85-41.2.0)
Solenoid device unit packed
separately
Suspension lug (2 pieces)
(~150) packed separately
(~5.9)

~L
A
øD

bottom shape concave or convex

Nominal øD L
volume ±3 (±0.12) approx.
13.4 l 140 (5.51) 1075 / 1085 (42.3 / 42.7) 3)
40 l 204 (8.03) 1505 / 1430 / 1535 (59.3 / 56.3 / 60.4) 3)
67.5 l 267 (10.51) 1485 / 1420 / 1500 (58.5 / 55.9 / 59.1) 3)
3) depending on manufacturer
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-113_007 / AI00_2017en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 10
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder valve CO2

CO2 Cylinder valve Approvals / CE marking

1)

G392001 0786-CPD-30079

1) Listed system covered by UL-file EX6388 (CO2) and UL-file EX5248 (Ar).

SAP designation
part no. 829759: Cylinder valve CO2-TYP K85-20.0-S9

Maintenance
see manual of instruction VTI (Intranet)

Spare parts
Bursting disc securing K1-154.0, part no. 856600

Weight
Designation Part no.
approx.

CO2 Cylinder valve type K85-20.0-S9 829759 0.77 kg (1.7 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Extinguishing agent ..............................................................CO2 Dimensions in mm (inch)
Nominal diameter ...............................................................DN12
Bursting pressure (bursting disc) ...................250 bar (3625 psi)
Instant of exposure .....................................................max. 8 Nm
.....................................at operating pressure 235 bar (3408 psi)
Valve type .............................type 2 complies with EN 12094-4
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
................................................................................No. 305/2011
Pi conformity ......................acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED)

Marking
marking valve body:
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

manufacturer sign (VTI), year/month of production (XX/XX),

CE mark (CE-0786), Pi mark (π-0589),
type designation (K85-20), VdS, weight (770),
cylinder thread (E25), working pressure (Pmax. 240 bar),
nominal diameter (DN12)
marking bursting cap:
bursting pressure (250)

Not included in delivery

Lever - cylinder valve ............................................ see control device
Locking nut W21,8 x 1/14" ...............................................596276
Dip tube, rigid 2) CO2 - cylinder ..................................254423
214-131_001 / AI02_2015en

CO2 - cylinder 80 l............................887848

2) Dip
tubes are to be shortened as necessary in acc. to
specified dimensions given on see cylinder filled.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 11
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder valve CO2

CO2 Cylinder valve, UL Approvals / CE marking

1)

0786-CPD-30079

1) Listed system covered by UL-file EX6388 (CO2) and UL-file EX5248 (Ar).

SAP designation
part no. 885991: Cylinder valve UL CO2-TYP K85-20.0-
S59-190bar

Maintenance
see manual of instruction VTI (Intranet)

Spare parts
Bursting disc securing K1-175.0-S1, part no. 888188

Weight
Designation Part no.
approx.

CO2 Cylinder valve, UL type K85-20.0-S59-190 bar 885991 0.77 kg (1.7 lbs)

Technical Data Dimension drawing

Extinguishing agent ..............................................................CO2 Dimensions in mm (inch)
Nominal diameter ...............................................................DN12
Bursting pressure (bursting disc) ....................190 bar (2755 psi)
Instant of exposure .....................................................max. 8 Nm
.....................................at operating pressure 235 bar (3408 psi)
Valve type .............................type 2 complies with EN 12094-4
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
................................................................................No. 305/2011
Pi conformity ......................acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Marking
manufacturer sign (VTI), year/month of production (XX/XX),
CE mark (CE-0786), Pi mark (π-0589),
type designation (K85-20), cylinder thread (25E),
weight (770), bursting pressure (190)

Not included in delivery

Lever - cylinder valve .........................................see control device
Locking nut W21,82) x 1/14" ...............................................596276
Dip tube, rigid CO2 - cylinder ..................................254423
CO2 - cylinder 80 l............................887848
214-131_002 / AI02_2015en

2) Dip
tubes are to be shortened as necessary in acc. to
specified dimensions given on see cylinder filled.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 12
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder valve CO2

CO2 Cylinder valve type K85-62.0-S5Ex Approvals / CE marking

1)

G392001 0786-CPD-30079

1) Conformity in acc. with 2014/34/EU (ATEX), only in conjunction with

release device for K85.62.0-S5Ex (part no. 924098):
- x II 2G IIB T4 X

SAP designation
part no. 921260: Cylinder valve CO2-type K85-62.0-S5Ex

Maintenance
see manual of instruction VTI

Spare parts
Bursting disc securing 250 bar, part no. 856600
(Tightening torque for bursting disc securing: 30 - 35 Nm)

Weight
Designation Part no.
approx.

CO2 Cylinder valve type K85-62.0-S5Ex 921260 0.92 kg (2.0 lbs)

Technical Data Note

Extinguishing agent ..............................................................CO2 The cylinder valve must only be used in potentially explosive
Nominal diameter ...............................................................DN12 areas of group x II 2G IIB T4 X.
Working pressure (filling pressure) .................200 bar at +15 °C - x Logo
.......................................................................(2030 psi at +59 °F) - II Device group
Bursting pressure (bursting disc) .....260 bar ±25 bar at +65 °C - 2 Device category
...................................................(3770 psi ±363 psi at +149 °F) - G Type of explosive atmosphere: Gases
Instant of exposure ......................................................3 - 8 Nm (Devices with the marking "II 2G" are only intended to be used in areas in
Filling factor CO2 ............................................................... 0.75 which it is to be expected that an explosive atmosphere comprised of a
mixture of air and gases will occasionally occur.)
Valve type .............................type 2 complies with EN 12094-4
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) - IIB Explosion group
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

................................................................................No. 305/2011 - T4 Temperature class

Pi conformity ......................acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED) - X Special conditions for safe use
(see manual of instruction VTI)

Marking Not included in delivery

manufacturer sign (VTI), year/month of production (XX/XX),
Release device for K85.62.0-S5Ex ..........see ad-on part cylinder
CE mark (CE-0786), Pi mark (π-0589),
Dip tube, rigid 2) CO2 - cylinder ..................................254423
type designation (K85-62), VdS, weight in gram (XXX),
CO2 - cylinder 80 l............................887848
ATR number (ATR D 2/11 Typ C), nominal diameter (DN12),
cylinder thread (25E), outlet (DIN 477 Nr. 6) 2) Dip tubes are to be shortened as necessary in acc. to

ATEX marking specified dimensions given on see cylinder filled.

VTI Ventil, Technik GmbH, , II 2G IIB T4 X,
214-131_004 / AI00_2016en

Application
Exclusively in conjunction with release device for
K85.62.0-S5Ex (part no. 924098).

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 13
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder valve CO2

CO2 Cylinder valve type K85-62.0-S5Ex

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Section: A - A

Release torque 3 - 8 Nm

Safety pin

Bursting cap

Tightening torque:
30 - 35 Nm
ø12 (ø0.47)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-131_004 / AI00_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 14
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder valve CO2

CO2 Cylinder valve MX K633 Approvals

G313016

SAP designation
part no. 917330: Cylinder valve MX K633

Maintenance
see manual of instruction VTI

Weight
Designation Part no.
approx.

CO2 Cylinder valve MX K633 917330 1) 3.0 kg (6.6 lbs)

1) not orderable

Technical Data Marking

Extinguishing agent ............................................CO2, inert gas MX, type designation (K633-12.0-S7),
Nominal diameter ...............................................................DN9 nominal diameter (DN9), Pi mark (π-0589),
Working pressure (filling pressure) .................140 bar (2030 psi) year/month of production (XXXX/XX),
Bursting pressure (bursting disc) ......250 bar ±25 bar at +65 °C ATR number (ATR D 2/11 Typ C), VdS,
......................................................(3625 psi ±363 psi at +149 °F) cylinder thread (25E), outlet (DIN 477 Nr. 6)
Operating temperature ............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F)
Filling factor CO2 ....................... min. 0.66 kg/l, max. 0.75 kg/l Not included in delivery
Allowable cylinder size ..........................................3.0 l to 80.0 l Locking nut W21.8 x 1/14" ...............................................596276
Minimum flow cross-sectional area ............................62.2 mm² Dip tube, rigid 2) CO2 - cylinder ..................................254423
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Valve type .............................type 2 complies with EN 12094-4 CO2 - cylinder 80 l............................887848

CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
................................................................................No. 305/2011 2) Dip
tubes are to be shortened as necessary in acc. to
Pi conformity ......................acc. to Directive 2010/35/EU (TPED) specified dimensions given on see cylinder filled.
Technical data solenoid device unit:
Operating voltage ............................................24 V DC (±15 %)
Power consumption .........................................................0.75 A
Duration of operation .......................................100 % duty ratio
Plug socket .............form A, according to DIN EN 175301-803

Application
214-131_003 / AI00_2017en

Pneumatically operated gas cylinder valve with solenoid release

suitable for intermittent extinguish

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 15
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder valve CO2

CO2 Cylinder valve MX K633

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Valve is supplied with dismantled

solenoid device unit.
Screw-in torque 10 to 13 Nm A
Section: A - A

A
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-131_003 / AI00_2017en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 16
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

CO2 cylinder accessories

Bursting disc securing 250 bar Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 856600: Burst disc 250bar K1-154.0-S3

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Bursting disc securing 250 bar 856600 0.03 kg (0.07 lbs)

Technical data
Type .............................................................................K1-154.0
Operating medium ...............................................................CO2
Response pressure .........................................250 bar (3625 psi)
Tightening torque ........................................................30 - 35 Nm

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

SW17
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

M17x1,5

Stamped:
approx. 20,5 (0,81) Bursting pressure / delivery date
214-140_001 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 17
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Weighing device WE4 Approvals / CE marking

1)

G309012 0786-CPD-30110

1) Listed system covered by UL-file EX6388 (CO2) and UL-file EX5248 (Ar).

SAP designation
part no. 888802: Weighing device WE4

Maintenance
see operating instruction weighing device WE4, part no. 888807

Designation Part no. Weight

Weighing device WE4 888802 0.94 kg (2.07 lbs)

Technical data Functional description

Gross weight of load (cylinder) .............min. 12,5 kg (27,56 lbs) The weighing device must be adjusted by positioning the
....................................................................max. 225 kg (496 lbs) counter-weight in such a way that the indication is given at a
Net weight of load (extinguishing agent) ..min. 3,6 kg (7,94 lbs) loss of 5 % - 10 % of the extinguishant. For this purpose, the
Temperature range .............-20 °C bis +50 °C (-4 °F bis 122 °F) weighing device must be adjusted to a loss of 5 %. In case of
Weighing device ............................complies with EN 12094-11 extinguishant loss the counter-weight of the weighing device
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) tilts downward and thus indicates the loss directly.
................................................................................No. 305/2011 The loss of extinguishant can also be electrically indicated by
using a monitoring.
Material / surface
Suspension .................................................................aluminium Not included in delivery
Bolts .......................................................................steel - 1.4104 Weights (counter-weight) ............................see ad-on part cylinder
Hex. nuts ...........................................................steel, galvanized Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Threaded bolt ...............................................steel - 4.6 - gal Zn Support weighing device PAE ................see mounting accessories
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Support Argotec ...............................................................223036

Application Seal .................................................................................354170
The weighing device WE4 may only be used in accordance Seal wire DIN1367-0,5-galvanized ..................................175567
with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems”. Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
The weighing device is used in cylinder racks, single cylinder - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
systems and pneumatic release devices and serves to loss - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
indication of pilot control cylinders and extinguishing cylin- - Monitoring loss pneumatic activation device (PAE)
ders.

Note
The usage under outdoor exposure is not allowed, this
means, that the weighing device may not be exposed to rain,
214-210_001 / AI01_2015en

snow, severe dust exposure or the like.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 18
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Weighing device WE4

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Section: A - A
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-210_001 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 19
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Weighing device WE4-L Approvals / CE marking

1)

G309012 0786-CPD-30110

1) Listed system covered by UL-file EX6388 (CO2) and UL-file EX5248 (Ar).

SAP designation
part no. 888803: Weighing device WE4-L

Maintenance
see operating instruction weighing device WE4, part no. 888807

Designation Part no. Weight

Weighing device WE4-L 888803 0.93 kg (2.05 lbs)

Technical data Functional description

Gross weight of load (cylinder) .............min. 12,5 kg (27,56 lbs) The weighing device must be adjusted by positioning the
....................................................................max. 225 kg (496 lbs) counter-weight in such a way that the indication is given at a
Net weight of load (extinguishing agent) ..min. 3,6 kg (7,94 lbs) loss of 5 % - 10 % of the extinguishant. For this purpose, the
Temperature range .............-20 °C bis +50 °C (-4 °F bis 122 °F) weighing device must be adjusted to a loss of 5 %. In case of
Weighing device ............................complies with EN 12094-11 extinguishant loss the counter-weight of the weighing device
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) tilts downward and thus indicates the loss directly.
................................................................................No. 305/2011 The loss of extinguishant can also be electrically indicated by
using a monitoring.
Material / surface
Suspension .................................................................aluminium Not included in delivery
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Bolts .......................................................................steel - 1.4104 Weights (counter-weight) ............................see ad-on part cylinder

Hex. nuts ...........................................................steel, galvanized Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Threaded bolt ...............................................steel - 4.6 - gal Zn Support weighing device PAE ................see mounting accessories
Support Argotec ...............................................................223036
Application Seal .................................................................................354170
The weighing device WE4-L may only be used in accordance Seal wire DIN1367-0,5-galvanized ..................................175567
with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems”. Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
The weighing device is used in cylinder racks, single cylinder - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
systems and pneumatic release devices and serves to loss - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
indication of pilot control cylinders and extinguishing cylin- - Monitoring loss pneumatic activation device (PAE)
ders.
214-210_002 / AI01_2015en

Note
The usage under outdoor exposure is not allowed, this
means, that the weighing device may not be exposed to rain,
snow, severe dust exposure or the like.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 20
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Weighing device WE4-L

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Section: A - A
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-210_002 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 21
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Weight weighing device Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 888806: Weight 0,16 kg weighing device

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Weight Weighing range in kg (lbs)

Part no.
weighing device min. max. max. 1)
0.16 kg 888806 12 (26.5) 14 (30.8) -
0.22 kg 812597 12 (26.5) 14 (30.8) -
0.3 kg 829528 20 (44.1) 28 (61.7) -
1.0 kg 887753 57 (125.7) 85 (187.3) 80 (176.3)
1.2 kg 772280 65 (143.3) 95 (209.4) 90 (198.4)
1.6 kg 769548 95 (209.5) 130 (286.6) 110 (242.5)
1.8 kg 885587 105 (231.5) 145 (319.6) 125 (275.5)
1.9 kg 772291 110 (242.6) 155 (341.7) 125 (275.5)
2.3 kg 778372 135 (297.7) 185 (407.8) 140 (308.6)
1) Weighing range with consideration to a cover

Material / surface Correct choice of weight

Weights 0.16 up to 0.3 kg ....................................................brass see operating instruction weighing device WE4, part no. 888807
Weights 1.0 up to 2.3 kg ..cast iron acc. to EN 1561, EN-GJL-200,
...................................................powder coated RAL3000 - red

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Weight øD d a b h
0.16 kg 50 (1.97) - 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39)
0.22 kg M10 - 5.4 (0.21) 5.4 (0.21)
0.3 kg - 7.0 (0.28) 8.5 (0.33)
1.0 kg 35 (1.38)
1.2 kg 39 (1.54)
80 (3.15)
1.6 kg 50 (1.97)
11 (0.43) 7 (0.28) 15 (0.59)
1.8 kg 58 (2.28)
214-210_003 / AI01_2015en

1.9 kg 61 (2.4)
2.3 kg 72 (2.83)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 22
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Support ARGOTEC Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 223036: Support ARGOTEC

Maintenance
Visual check during the maintenance intervals specific to the
fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Designation Part no. Weight

Support ARGOTEC 223036 0.42 kg (0.93 lbs)

Material / surface Application

Ring cylinder suspension .....................aluminum casting alloys The support ARGOTEC is used in cylinder racks, single cylin-
.................................................................EN 1706 AC-43000 KF der systems and pneumatic release devices mechanical and
Rod compl. support ............................brass / steel, galvanized serves to support of pilot control cylinders and extinguishing
Fork joint DIN71751 A8x16 ............................steel, galvanized cylinders.
Hex. nut DIN555 M8 .........................................steel, galvanized
Note
The usage under outdoor exposure is not allowed, this
means, that the support ARGOTEC may not be exposed to
rain, snow, severe dust exposure or the like.
Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

191 ±1 (7.52 ±0.04)

214-210_004 / AI00_2015en

W80 ø100 (3.94)

DIN EN 962
120 (4.72)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 23
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Release device for K85.62.0-S5Ex Approvals / CE marking

1)

1) Conformity in acc. with 2014/34/EU (ATEX):

see CO2 cylinder valve type K85-62.0-S5Ex

SAP designation
part no. 924098: Release device for K85.62.0-S5Ex

Maintenance
see manual of instruction VTI

Designation Part no. Weight

Release device for K85.62.0-S5Ex 924098 1.3 kg (2.87 lbs)

Technical data Caution

Operating medium .................................... carbon dioxide (CO2) The risk and ignition hazard assessment of the listed unit
........................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 "K85-ATEX" only considers the interaction of the described
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) assembly consisting of the triggering device and the container
Solenoid unit K85-45.1.0-S22: valve, see attached manual instruction. A risk and ignition
- Nominal working pressure ...300 bar at +15 °C (4351 psi at +59 °F) hazard assessment of the overall system into which the unit
- Operating voltage ............................................24 V DC (±10%) is installed has additionally to be carried out by the user in his
- Power .............................................................................6,5 W own responsibility.
- Switching duration ....................................................100% ED
- Connection cable ...............................3x1 mm², 3 m long, PVC Application
- Marking ........................................VTI K85-45.1.0, PW300bar Exclusively in conjunction with CO2 cylinder valve type
.............................................................XXXX/XX (year/month) K85-62.0-S5Ex (part no. 921260)
Connection set K85-45.5.0-S1:
- Hose length ...................approx. 630 mm (approx. 24.8 inch) Included in delivery
- Connection .......................2x cap nut M16x1,5 internal thread Release device consisting of:
- Solenoid unit K85-45.1.0-S22 .....................................922857
Release cylinder, see cyl. rack CO2 components:
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

- Connection set K85-45.5.0-S1 ...................................921263

- Working pressure .........................35 - 240 bar (508 - 3480 psi)
- Release cylinder K19-185.0 ..779340, see cyl. rack components
- Connection thread ....................................G3/8, DIN ISO 228
- Lever K85-0.0.55 ........................................................921262
Lever K85-0.0.55: - Manual of instructions "K85-ATEX" (de/en)
- Material ..........................................aluminium, silver anodized
- Lever length ...............................................100 mm (3.97 inch) Not included in delivery
- Connection ..............................................M10 internal thread CO2 cylinder valve type K85-62.0-S5Ex ..........see cylinder valve

Note
In accordance with the Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX), if the
commissioning is done outside the German speech area
a translation of the technical description and the manual of
214-210_005 / AI01_2017en

instruction has to be delivered in the specific language of the

country. This must be noted also for the product sale.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 24
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Ad-on part cylinder CO2 HP

Release device for K85.62.0-S5Ex

Installations example: release device mounted on cylinder valve K85-62.0-S5E

Lever K85-0.0.55

Release cylinder K19-185.0

Solenoid unit
K85-45.1.0-S22

Cylinder valve K85-62.0-S5E

(Part of the steel cylinder K85Ex EU)

Connection set K85-45.5.0-S1

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-210_005 / AI01_2017en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 25
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Ad-on part cylinder

Hose CO2 / IG Approvals / CE marking

W21.8 x 3/4 x 375, 235 bar 1)

G301002 0786-CPD-30113

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
part no. 859510: Hose CO2/AR W21,8x3/4x375

Maintenance
see product information hose part no. 886027

Designation Part no. Weight

Hose CO2 / IG W21.8 x 3/4 x 375, 235 bar 859510 0.54 kg (1.19 lbs)

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100) The hose must only be used in accordance with system
...............................................................................IG-55, IG-541 approval in stationary CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55 and
Nominal diameter ...............................................................DN12 IG-541 fire extinguishing systems.
Bending radius ....................................................≥ 160 mm (6,3") The hose is used to connect the extinguishing agent cylinder
Bending angle ................................................................max. 90° with the manifold or rather the check valve.
Temperature range .........- 40 °C to + 50 °C (-40 °F to 122 °F) Note operating medium: In combination with operating
Working pressure ...........................................235 bar (3408 psi) medium nitrogen (IG-100) for use only with
Test pressure ..................................................353 bar (5120 psi) cylinder valve QRV-TD 200 bar (part no. 914041) or
Bursting strength ...................................min. 705 bar (10225 psi) cylinder valve B0480 200 bar (part no. 888521).
Hose (type 1 connection) ................complies with EN 12094-8
CE conformity ...acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) Not included in delivery
................................................................................No. 305/2011 Sealing 23 x 14 x 2 for thread G3/4 ..................................149890
Sealing 18,5 x 13 x 2 for thread W21,8 x 1/14 .................149970
Marking on the fitting
Product information hose ...............................................886027
type (MX CO2/Argon/N2), approval (VdS), CE,
(included in delivery of the cylinder rack)
manufacturer sign, working pressure (Pb 235),
manufacturing date (month/year)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
211-210_001 / AI02_2016en

2)
Coating pricked or vulcanized porosity according to the manufacturer´s choice.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 26
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Manifold

Manifold 140 bar - M300 Approvals

1)

1) Listed system covered by UL-file EX6388 (CO2)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885301: Manifold CO2 DN50- 2-M300

Maintenance
see technical description manifold CO2 DN50-..-M300
part no. 918374

Weight
Designation Part no. Inlets
kg (lbs)
DN50 - 2 885301 2 4.9 (10.8)
DN50 - 3 885302 3 7.3 (16.9)
DN50 - 4 885304 4 9.8 (21.61)
Manifold 140 bar - M300 DN50 - 5 887726 5 12.3 (27.12)
DN50 - 6 887727 6 14.8 (32.63)
DN50 - 7 887728 7 17.3 (38.14)
DN50 - 8 887711 8 19.8 (43.65)

Technical data Performance features

Type ........................................................SAR CO2 DN50-M300 The manifolds are manufactured with two to eight inlets.
Operating medium .............CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55, IG-541 A maximum of 16 inlets can be assembled at random.
Nominal diameter pipe ........................................................DN50 Each inlet is equipped with a check valve which releases the
check valve .............................DN12 extinguishing agent in flow direction and prevents the flow in
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) the opposite direction.
Test pressure ..................................................210 bar (3045 psi)
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Included in delivery
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Marking after pressure test ...............................acc. to MXA 008 Manifold complete with check valve
Screw coupling ...............................................................gas tight Technical description manifold 140bar M300 (de) .........886318
Finish manifold ....................powder coated RAL7011 - iron grey Technical description manifold 140bar M300 (en) .........918374
Thread and check valve .........................................without colour Technical description check valve KRV-1 (de/en) ..........886309

Product sheets also applying Not included in delivery

Check valve KRV-1 ...................................................see manifold Cap KRV-2 ................................................................see manifold

Application
The manifold 140 bar - M300 may only be used in accordance
214-220_001 / AI03 / 2018-Sept-25 / en

with system approval in:

- stationary CO2 high pressure fire extinguishing systems
- argon, nitrogen, IG-55, IG-541 extinguishing systems with
ConstantFlow (CF).
They are mounted directly on the cylinder rack to connect
every extinguishing agent cylinder with the pipework.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 27
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Manifold

Manifold 140 bar - M300

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of distances L1
Features L
n (n x 300)
DN50 - 2 550 (21.65) 1 300 (11.81)
DN50 - 3 850 (33.46) 2 600 (23.62)
DN50 - 4 1150 (45.28) 3 900 (35.43)
DN50 - 5 1450 (57.09) 4 1200 (47.24)
DN50 - 6 1750 (68.9) 5 1500 (59.06)
DN50 - 7 2050 (80.71) 6 1800 (70.87)
DN50 - 8 2350 (92.52) 7 2100 (82.68)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-220_001 / AI03 / 2018-Sept-25 / en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 28
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Manifold

Check valve KRV-1 complete Approvals / CE marking

1)

G300002 0786-CPD-30009

1)
Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and
UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
part no. 886310: Check valve KRV-1 compl.

Maintenance
see product information check valve KRV-1
part no. 886309

Designation Part no. Weight

Check valve KRV-1 complete 886310 0.31 kg (0.68 lbs)

Technical data Performance features

Type ................................................................................KRV-1 The check valve KRV-1 release the extinguishing agent in
Operating medium .............CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55, IG-541 flow direction and prevents the flow in the opposite direction.
Nominal diameter ...............................................................DN12
freier Strömungsquerschnitt .............92 mm² (0,14 square inch) Included in delivery
Working pressure ............................................235 bar (3408 psi) - Check valve KRV-1 (without pressure test) part no. 873930
Test pressure ..................................................353 bar (5120 psi) - Pressure test 353 bar (5120 psi)
Pressure to open ...........................................< 0,1 bar (1,45 psi) - Product information check valve KRV-1 part no. 886309
Leak rate at 20 bar (290 psi) .....................≤ 20 bubbles / 1 min
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Screwing torque ......................................................max. 120 Nm
Serial number ................................according to MXA08-QW100
Check valve ..................................complies with EN 12094-13 Dimension drawing
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) Dimensions in mm (inch)
.................................................................................No 305/2011

Material / Surface
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Housing ..............................................................................brass
Ball ........................................................................stainless steel
Sealing ...................................................................thermoplastic

Note
Test certificate EN 10204-2.2 (pressure test) can be ordered
separately upon request from QW/OD.

Application
The check valve KRV-1 may only be used in accordance with
system approval in stationary CO2, argon, IG-55, IG-541 and
214-220_002 / AI01_2015en

nitrogen fire extinguishing systems.

It is installed between the valve of the extinguishing agent
cylinder and the manifold.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 29
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - M300 Approvals

1) 2)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)

2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 768520: Battery CO2-M300-master- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see operating instruction battery CO2-master actuation
part no. 875408

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 3) Number of release weights approx.
kg (lbs)
2 768520 2 77 (170)
3 768532 2 86 (190)
4 768544 3 101 (223)
5 768556 3 126 (278)
6 768568 4 142 (313)
7 768570 4 150 (331)
8 768581 5 165 (364)
9 773830 5 190 (419)
10 773842 6 206 (454)
11 773854 6 215 (474)
12 773866 7 228 (503)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

13 773878 7 252 (556)

14 773880 8 266 (586)
15 773891 8 275 (606)
16 773908 9 291 (642)
3) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery, see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- master actuation is used in accordance with
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed
214-240_001 / AI02_2016en

Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack ...............to accommodate of steel cylinder 67,5 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 30
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - M300

Functional description Not included in delivery

The activation of the battery CO2 - master actuation takes Cylinder with valve 67.5 l:
place either mechanically, pneumatically or electrically. - CO2 -Cylinder EU ...........................................see cylinder filled
Through this a interlock in the release box VZ3 is released, - CO2 - Cylinder UL, EU ...................................see cylinder filled
whereby the adjusted prewarning time begins to run. - CO2 - Cylinder RU ...........................................see cylinder filled
After expiration of the pre-warning time the releasemecha- - CO2 - Cylinder DOT - UL ..................................see cylinder filled
nics is unlocked and the cylinder valves are opened by a - CO2 - Cylinder DOT ...........................................see cylinder filled
release leverage. The CO2 flows through flexible hoses into Report CO2 - high pressure system (de/en) .....................726052
the manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually by a weighing device on Disable device release box BEA ...............see cylinder rack mechn.
extinguishing agent loss. Solenoid CO2 release box VZ ............................see control device
If required, the release mechanics can be locked using the Cylinder Ø 25 x H 30 ..........................................see control device
disable device release box BEA part no. 886013 (not included Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
in delivery). - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
- Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
Product sheets also applying Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...see ad-on part cylinder Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
Weight for weighing device 1,6 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder Temperature switch ÜWA-FMZ4100 ...............M2-03-26 part 1
Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold
Release box type VZ3 ..............................see cylinder rack mechn.
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Limit switch type UK 432y U=180 .................see monitoring device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Earthing clamp 2" ........................................................M1-09-01
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
214-240_001 / AI02_2016en

16 4800 (188.98)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 31
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - M300 Approvals

1) 2)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)

2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 768593: Battery CO2-M300-slave- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see product information cylinder rack CO2-additional
part no. 875410

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 3) approx.
kg (lbs)
2 768593 59 (130)
3 768600 68 (150)
4 768611 76 (168)
5 768623 101 (223)
6 768635 110 (243)
7 768647 118 (260)
8 768659 126 (278)
9 773763 151 (333)
10 773775 159 (351)
11 773787 169 (373)
12 773799 176 (388)
13 773805 199 (439)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 773817 206 (454)

15 773829 215 (474)
16 773910 220 (485)
3) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery,
see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- slave actuation is used in accordance with the
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed fire
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
214-240_002 / AI02_2016en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack ...............to accommodate of steel cylinder 67,5 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 32
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - M300

Functional description Not included in delivery

The mechanism is triggered pneumatically by pressurising Cylinder with valve 67.5 l:
a plunger-operated linkage which opens the valves on the - CO2 -Cylinder EU ............................................see cylinder filled
CO2 cylinders. The CO2 flows through flexible tubes into the - CO2 - Cylinder UL, EU ....................................see cylinder filled
manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every - CO2 - Cylinder RU ............................................see cylinder filled
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually with a weighing device - CO2 - Cylinder DOT - UL .................................see cylinder filled
on extinguishing agent loss. - CO2 - Cylinder DOT ..........................................see cylinder filled
Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
Product sheets also applying CO2 connection slave release ...........................see control device
Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...........see ad-on part cylinder Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
Release cylinder MX-BV D55-H106 .......see selector valve accessories - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
Weight for weighing device 1,6 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
16 4800 (188.98)
214-240_002 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 33
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - M300R Approvals

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 872948: Battery CO2-M300R-master- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see operating instruction battery CO2-master actuation
part no. 875408

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) Number of release weights approx.
kg (lbs)
2 872948 2 79 (174)
3 872950 2 88 (194)
4 872961 3 103 (227)
5 872973 3 128 (282)
6 872985 4 144 (318)
7 872997 4 152 (335)
8 873000 5 167 (368)
9 873011 5 192 (423)
10 873023 6 208 (459)
11 873035 6 217 (478)
12 873047 7 231 (509)
13 873059 7 254 (560)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 873060 8 268 (591)

15 873072 8 277 (611)
16 873084 9 293 (646)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery, see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- master actuation is used in accordance with
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
214-240_003 / AI02_2016en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack ...............to accommodate of steel cylinder 67,5 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 34
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - M300R

Functional description Not included in delivery

The activation of the battery CO2 - master actuation takes Cylinder with valve 67.5 l:
place either mechanically, pneumatically or electrically. - CO2 -Cylinder EU ............................................see cylinder filled
Through this a interlock in the release box VZ3 is released, - CO2 - Cylinder DOT ..........................................see cylinder filled
whereby the adjusted prewarning time begins to run. Report CO2 - high pressure system (de/en) .....................726052
After expiration of the pre-warning time the releasemecha- Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
nics is unlocked and the cylinder valves are opened by a Disable device release box BEA ...............see cylinder rack mechn.
release leverage. The CO2 flows through flexible hoses into Monitoring loss ..........................................see monitoring device
the manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually by a weighing device on - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
extinguishing agent loss. Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
If required, the release mechanics can be locked using the Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
disable device release box BEA part no. 886013 (not included Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
in delivery). Temperature switch ÜWA-FMZ4100 ...............M2-03-26 part 1

Product sheets also applying

Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...........see ad-on part cy-
linder Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part
cylinder Weight for weighing device 1,6 kg ...............see ad-on part
cylinder Manifolds CO2 M300 .....................................see manifold
Release box type VZ3-R 24 V ..................see cylinder rack mechn.
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Limit switch type UK 432y U=180 .................see monitoring device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Earthing clamp 2" ........................................................M1-09-01
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
214-240_003 / AI02_2016en

15 4500 (177.17)
16 4800 (188.98)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 35
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - Approvals

M300 - 80 l 1)
Note:
Cylinder racks
without VdS approval

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2)

SAP designation
e.g. part no 886528: Battery CO2-M300-master- 2-80l-cyl.

Maintenance
see operating instruction battery CO2-master actuation
part no. 875408

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) Number of release weights approx.
kg (lbs)
2 886528 2 77 (170)
3 886529 2 86 (190)
4 886530 3 102 (225)
5 886531 3 125 (276)
6 886532 4 141 (311)
7 886533 4 151 (333)
8 886534 5 167 (368)
9 886535 5 188 (415)
10 886536 6 206 (454)
11 886537 6 217 (478)
12 886539 7 232 (512)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

13 886541 7 251 (553)

14 886542 8 267 (589)
15 886543 8 278 (613)
16 886544 9 295 (650)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery, see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- master actuation is used in accordance with
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
214-240_004 / AI01_2015en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack ......to accommodate of steel cylinder 80 l / 80,5 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 36
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation -

M300 - 80 l
Functional description Not included in delivery
The activation of the battery CO2 - master actuation takes Cylinder with valve 80 l / 80,5 l:
place either mechanically, pneumatically or electrically. - CO2 -Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
Through this a interlock in the release box VZ3 is released, - CO2 - Cylinder UL, EU .....................................see cylinder filled
whereby the adjusted prewarning time begins to run. - CO2 - Cylinder DOT - UL ................................see cylinder filled
After expiration of the pre-warning time the releasemecha- - CO2 - Cylinder DOT .........................................see cylinder filled
nics is unlocked and the cylinder valves are opened by a Report CO2 - high pressure system (de/en) .....................726052
release leverage. The CO2 flows through flexible hoses into Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
the manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every Disable device release box BEA ...............see cylinder rack mechn.
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually by a weighing device on Solenoid CO2 release box VZ ............................see control device
extinguishing agent loss. Cylinder Ø 25 x H 30 ..........................................see control device
If required, the release mechanics can be locked using the Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
disable device release box BEA part no. 886013 (not included - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
in delivery). - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
Product sheets also applying Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...........see ad-on part cylinder Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder Temperature switch ÜWA-FMZ4100 ...............M2-03-26 part 1
Weight for weighing device 1,8 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
Manifolds CO2 M300 ...............................................see manifold
Release box type VZ3 .............................see cylinder rack mechn.
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Limit switch type UK 432y U=180 .................see monitoring device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Earthing clamp 2" ........................................................M1-09-01
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
214-240_004 / AI01_2015en

16 4800 (188.98)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 37
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - Approvals

M300 - 80 l 1)
Note:
Cylinder racks
without VdS approval

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 886545: Battery CO2-M300-slave- 2-80l-cyl.

Maintenance
see product information cylinder rack CO2-additional
part no. 875410
Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) approx.
kg (lbs)
2 886545 61 (135)
3 886546 71 (157)
4 886547 79 (174)
5 886548 105 (232)
6 886549 114 (251)
7 886550 122 (269)
8 886552 131 (288)
9 886553 157 (346)
10 886554 165 (364)
11 886555 175 (386)
12 886556 182 (401)
13 886557 207 (456)
14 886558 214 (472)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

15 886559 223 (492)

16 886560 228 (503)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery,
see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- slave actuation is used in accordance with the
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed fire
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
214-240_005 / AI01_2015en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack ..........to accommodate of steel cylinder 80 l / 80,5 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 38
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation -

M300 - 80 l

Functional description Not included in delivery

The mechanism is triggered pneumatically by pressurising Cylinder with valve 80 l / 80,5 l:
a plunger-operated linkage which opens the valves on the - CO2 -Cylinder EU ............................................see cylinder filled
CO2 cylinders. The CO2 flows through flexible tubes into the - CO2 - Cylinder UL, EU ....................................see cylinder filled
manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every - CO2 - Cylinder DOT - UL ...............................see cylinder filled
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually with a weighing device - CO2 - Cylinder DOT .........................................see cylinder filled
on extinguishing agent loss. Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
CO2 connection slave release ...........................see control device
Product sheets also applying Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...see ad-on part cylinder - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
Release cylinder MX-BV D55-H106 .......see selector valve accessories - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
Weight for weighing device 1,8 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
16 4800 (188.98)
214-240_005 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 39
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - master actuation Approvals

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885389: Battery CO2-40l-master- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see operating instruction battery CO2-master actuation
part no. 875408

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) Number of release weights approx.
kg (lbs)
2 885389 2 76 (168)
3 885391 2 84 (185)
4 885392 3 99 (218)
5 885393 3 122 (269)
6 885394 4 137 (302)
7 885395 4 145 (320)
8 885396 5 159 (351)
9 885397 5 184 (406)
10 885398 6 198 (437)
11 885399 6 206 (454)
12 885400 7 220 (485)
13 885401 7 242 (534)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 885402 8 256 (564)

15 885403 8 263 (580)
16 885404 9 278 (613)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery, see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- master actuation is used in accordance with
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
214-240_006 / AI02_2016en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack .................to accommodate of steel cylinder 40 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 40
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - master actuation

Functional description Not included in delivery

The activation of the battery CO2 - master actuation takes Cylinder with valve 40 l:
place either mechanically, pneumatically or electrically. - CO2 -Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
Through this a interlock in the release box VZ3 is released, Report CO2 - high pressure system (de/en) .....................726052
whereby the adjusted prewarning time begins to run. Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
After expiration of the pre-warning time the releasemecha- Disable device release box BEA ...............see cylinder rack mechn.
nics is unlocked and the cylinder valves are opened by a Solenoid CO2 release box VZ ............................see control device
release leverage. The CO2 flows through flexible hoses into Cylinder Ø 25 x H 30 ..........................................see control device
the manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually by a weighing device on - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
extinguishing agent loss. - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
If required, the release mechanics can be locked using the Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
disable device release box BEA part no. 886013 (not included Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
in delivery). Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
Temperature switch ÜWA-FMZ4100 ...............M2-03-26 part 1
Product sheets also applying
Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...........see ad-on part cylinder
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
Weight for weighing device 1,0 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
Manifolds CO2 M300 ...............................................see manifold
Release box type VZ3 .............................see cylinder rack mechn.
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Limit switch type UK 432y U=180 ...............see monitoring device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Earthing clamp 2" ........................................................M1-09-01
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
214-240_006 / AI02_2016en

16 4800 (188.98)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 41
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - slave actuation Approvals

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885405: Battery CO2-40l-slave- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see product information cylinder rack CO2-additional
part no. 875410

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) approx.
kg (lbs)
2 885405 58 (128)
3 885407 66 (146)
4 885408 74 (163)
5 885409 97 (214)
6 885410 105 (232)
7 885411 113 (249)
8 885412 120 (265)
9 885413 145 (320)
10 885414 152 (335)
11 885415 160 (353)
12 885416 167 (368)
13 885417 189 (417)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 885419 196 (432)

15 885421 203 (448)
16 885422 211 (465)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery,
see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- slave actuation is used in accordance with the
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed fire
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
214-240_007 / AI02_2016en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack ..................to accommodate of steel cylinder 40 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 42
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - slave actuation

Functional description Not included in delivery

The mechanism is triggered pneumatically by pressurising Cylinder with valve 40 l:
a plunger-operated linkage which opens the valves on the - CO2 -Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
CO2 cylinders. The CO2 flows through flexible tubes into the Cover - M300 ............................................see cylinder rack mechn.
manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every CO2 connection slave release ...........................see control device
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually with a weighing device Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
on extinguishing agent loss. - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
- Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
Product sheets also applying Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...see ad-on part cylinder Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Release cylinder MX-BV D55-H106 .......see selector valve accessories Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
Weight for weighing device 1,0 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
16 4800 (188.98)
214-240_007 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 43
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - R - master actuation Approvals

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885423: Battery CO2-40l-R-master- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see operating instruction battery CO2-master actuation
part no. 875408

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) Number of release weights approx.
kg (lbs)
2 885423 2 78 (172)
3 885424 2 86 (190)
4 885425 3 101 (223)
5 885426 3 124 (273)
6 885427 4 139 (306)
7 885428 4 147 (324)
8 885429 5 161 (355)
9 885430 5 186 (410)
10 885432 6 200 (441)
11 885433 6 208 (459)
12 885434 7 222 (489)
13 885435 7 244 (538)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 885436 8 258 (569)

15 885437 8 265 (584)
16 885438 9 280 (617)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery, see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- master actuation is used in accordance with
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
214-240_008 / AI02_2016en

........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
Cylinder rack ..................to accommodate of steel cylinder 40 l is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 44
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - R - master actuation

Functional description Not included in delivery

The activation of the battery CO2 - master actuation takes Cylinder with valve 40 l:
place either mechanically, pneumatically or electrically. - CO2 -Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
Through this a interlock in the release box VZ3 is released, Report CO2 - high pressure system (de/en) .....................726052
whereby the adjusted prewarning time begins to run. Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
After expiration of the pre-warning time the releasemecha- Disable device release box BEA ...............see cylinder rack mechn.
nics is unlocked and the cylinder valves are opened by a Monitoring loss .............................................see monitoring device
release leverage. The CO2 flows through flexible hoses into - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with reed contact limit switch
the manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every - Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually by a weighing device on Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
extinguishing agent loss. Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
If required, the release mechanics can be locked using the Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
disable device release box BEA part no. 886013 (not included Temperature switch ÜWA-FMZ4100 ...............M2-03-26 part 1
in delivery).

Product sheets also applying

Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...........see ad-on part cylinder
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
Weight for weighing device 1,0 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold
Release box type VZ3-R 24 V ..................see cylinder rack mechn.
Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Limit switch type UK 432y U=180 .................see monitoring device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Earthing clamp 2" ........................................................M1-09-01
U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
214-240_008 / AI02_2016en

16 4800 (188.98)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 45
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Release box VZ3 Approvals / CE marking

1)

G306013 0786-CPD-30042

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
part no. 886160: Release box VZ3

Maintenance
see product information VZ3 part no. 886159

Designation Part no. Weight

Release box VZ3 886160 5.7 kg (12.57 lbs)

Technical data Functional description

Time delay ......................................................3 - 60 s, adjustable In the stand-by position the weight bar is resting on the locked
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) weight lever, the wire-rope is engaged in the weight lever with
Electrical release device: its upper end and in the cam ratchet with its lower end, the
Operating voltage ...................................................18 - 28 V DC cam ratchet is resting at the cam disk whereby the cam lever
Pneumatical release device: in turn is caught by the notch of the release lever.
Working pressure .........................20 - 140 bar (290 - 2030 psi) During an actuation the release lever is lifted at its right hand
Mechanical release device: side out of its resting position. By this the cam lever is freed
Weight................................................................12 kg (26.5 lbs) from the notch of the release lever and starts to turn counter
clockwise. The cam disk is turning with the cam lever and
Release box ....................................complies with EN 12094-2
allows the cam ratchet to pass it after the set time, thus
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
releasing the lower end of the wire-rope. The weight bar is
................................................................................No. 305/2011
skidding off from the weight lever. The contact surface of the
release lever can act on a limit switch, which can be used
Material / Surface to switch on alarm horns or similar at the beginning of an
Housing ......................................................................aluminium actuation.
Cover plate ................................................plastic - transparent
Included in delivery
Application Release box VZ3
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

The release box VZ3 may only be used in accordance with Product information VZ3 part no. 886159
system approval in CO2, argon and nitrogen extinguishing sy-
stems. It is corresponding to the EN 12094-2, a non electrical
Not included in delivery
automatic control and delay device.
Release devices:
The VZ3 is used for delayed actuation of the cylinder battery,
- electrical, solenoid - release box VZ ................see control device
so that the extinguishing agent released only after the alarm
- pneumatical, cylinder ø25 x H30 .....................see control device
is activated.
- mechanical, fusible link MX5 ...........................see control device
Fastening material:
Performance features - 4 x hex. screw with nut DIN601-M8x25 .........................103616
The release box can be optional controlled mechanically, - 4 x washer DIN125-B8,4 .............................................109837
pneumatically or electrically. The time delay is adjustable
(3-60 s) and can be set to the local needs.
214-240_009 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 46
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Release box VZ3

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Section: A - A
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-240_009 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 47
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Release box VZ3-R 24 V complete Approvals / CE marking

G306013 0786-CPD-30042

SAP designation
part no. 886161: Release box VZ3-R 24V compl.

Maintenance
see Operating instruction VZ3-R 24V part no. 886166

Designation Part no. Weight

Release box VZ3-R 24 V complete 886161 7.7 kg (17 lbs)

Technical data Performance features

Time delay ......................................................3 - 60 s, adjustable Release box with integrated mechanical time delay device.
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Pneumatical release by the gas pressure piston and an elec-
Pneumatical release device: trical interlock for redundant delay.
- Cylinder ø25 x H30 ..........................................see control device
- Working pressure .......................20 - 140 bar (290 - 2030 psi) Functional description
- Connection .................fitting series S acc. to ISO EN 8434-1, In the stand-by position the weight bar is resting on the locked
...................................................external – Ø of the pipe: 6 mm weight lever. The wire-rope is engaged in the weight lever
Electrical locking device (solenoid): with its upper end and in the cam ratchet with its lower end.
- Nominal voltage ..........................................................24 V DC The cam ratchet is resting at the cam disk. The cam lever
- Operating voltage .................................................18 - 28 V DC is caught by the notch of the release lever. The ball-quick-
- Current ...........................................................................1,04 A release is engaged.
- Switching duration ..........................................................100 % In case of actuation the release lever is lifted at its right hand
- Magnetic force ..................................................................44 N side out of its resting position. The cam lever is freed from the
- IP code .............................................................................IP 54 notch of the release lever and starts to turn counter clock-
(by accordingly covering of the pull and pressure rod side) wise. The electrical locking device is actuated a short time
Release box ....................................complies with EN 12094-2 before the mechanical delay time is over. The cam disk is
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) turning with the cam lever and allows the cam ratchet to pass
................................................................................No. 305/2011 it after the set time, thus releasing the lower end of the wire-
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

rope. The weight bar is skidding off from the weight

Material / Surface lever. At the locating surface of the release lever a limit switch
Housing ......................................................................aluminium can be applied, to switch on alarm horns or similar at the
Cover plate ................................................plastic - transparent beginning of an actuation.
Other components .....................................................brass, steel
Included in delivery
Application Release box VZ3-R 24 V complete with:
The release box VZ3-R 24 V may only be used according to - Card MVA LÖ ..............................................................782239
the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” of CO2, - Product information card MVA LÖ ...............................904653
argon and nitrogen fire extinguishing systems. According to Operating instruction VZ3-R 24V .....................................886166
EN 12094-2 it is defined as a non electrical automatic control
and delay device. The function of VZ3-R 24V is to delay
Not included in delivery
214-240_010 / AI01_2015en

the actuation of the cylinder bank, for a defined period after

actuation of the alarm devices. Fastening material:
- 4 x hex. screw with nut DIN601-M8x25 .........................103616
- 4 x washer DIN125-B8,4 .............................................109837

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 48
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Release box VZ3-R 24 V complete

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Section: A - A
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-240_010 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 49
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - Ex Approvals / CE marking

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 887242: Battery CO2-master-Ex- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see operating instruction battery CO2- master actuation-Ex
part no. 887200

Nicht im Lieferumfang: Flaschen mit Ventil

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) Number of release weights approx.
kg (lbs)
2 887242 2 79 (174)
3 887243 2 88 (194)
4 887244 3 103 (227)
5 887246 3 128 (282)
6 887247 4 144 (318)
7 887248 4 152 (335)
8 887249 5 167 (368)
9 887250 5 192 (423)
10 887251 6 208 (459)
11 887252 6 217 (478)
12 887253 7 230 (507)
13 887254 7 254 (560)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 887255 8 268 (591)

15 887256 8 277 (611)
16 887258 9 293 (646)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery, see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- master actuation - Ex is used in accordance
214-240_011 / AI03 / 2018-July-20 / en

Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fixed fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) It is suitable in explosive areas of the zone 1 and zone 2 type.
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommo-
Cylinder rack ..............to accommodate of steel cylinder 67,5 l date up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control
CE conformity ...............................in accordance with 94/9/EC device is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event
explosion protection ..................x II 2 G c IIB T4 (zone 1 + 2) of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 50
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - Ex

Functional description Product sheets also applying

The battery CO2- master actuation- Ex will be activated pneu- Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar .......see ad-on part cylinder
matically. Through this a interlock in the release box VZ3-Ex Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
is released, whereby the adjusted pre-warning time begins to Weight for weighing device 1,6 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
run. Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold
After expiration of the pre-warning time the release mecha- Release box type VZ3-Ex .........................see cylinder rack mechn.
nics is unlocked and the cylinder valves are opened by a Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
release leverage. The CO2 flows through flexible hoses into Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
the manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every Earthing clamp 2" ........................................................M1-09-01
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually by a weighing device on U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01
extinguishing agent loss.
If required, the release mechanics can be locked using the Not included in delivery
disable device release box BEA part no. 886013 (not included Cylinder with valve 67.5 l:
in delivery). - CO2 - Cylinder EU ............................................see cylinder filled
- CO2 - Cylinder DOT .........................................see cylinder filled
Caution - CO2 - Cylinder RU ............................................see cylinder filled
Electrical monitoring of the battery in according to the Report CO2 - high pressure system (de/en) .....................726052
Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) is not available as standard. Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
Disable device release box BEA ...............see cylinder rack mechn.
Note Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
If the commissioning is done outside the German / English Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
speech area a translation of the product information and the Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
installation drawing has to be delivered in the specific language Monitoring Ex for weighing device ................................................
of the country. Limit switch Ex for release lever release box VZ3-Ex ...................
This must be noted also for the product sale.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
5 1500 (59.06)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
214-240_011 / AI03 / 2018-July-20 / en

14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
16 4800 (188.98)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 51
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - Ex Approvals / CE marking

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 887259: Battery CO2-slave-EX- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see product information cylinder rack CO2-additional-Ex
part no. 887278

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) approx.
kg (lbs)
2 887259 55 (121)
3 887260 64 (141)
4 887261 72 (159)
5 887262 97 (214)
6 887263 106 (234)
7 887264 114 (251)
8 887265 122 (269)
9 887266 147 (324)
10 887267 155 (342)
11 887268 165 (364)
12 887271 172 (379)
13 887272 195 (430)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 887273 202 (445)

15 887274 211 (465)
16 887275 216 (476)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery,
see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- slave actuation - Ex is used in accordance
214-240_012 / AI03 / 2018-July-20 / en

Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fixed fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) It is suitable in explosive areas of the zone 1 and zone 2 type.
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
Cylinder rack ...............to accommodate of steel cylinder 67,5 up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
CE conformity ...............................in accordance with 94/9/EC is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.
explosion protection ..................x II 2 G c IIB T4 (zone 1 + 2)

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 52
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - slave actuation - Ex

Functional description Product sheets also applying
The mechanism is triggered pneumatically by pressurising Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...see ad-on part cylinder
a plunger-operated linkage which opens the valves on the Release cylinder MX-BV D55-H106 .......see selector valve accessories
CO2 cylinders. The CO2 flows through flexible tubes into the Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every Weight for weighing device 1,6 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually with a weighing device Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold
on extinguishing agent loss. Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Caution U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01
Electrical monitoring of the battery in according to the
Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) is not available as standard. Not included in delivery
Cylinder with valve 67.5 l:
Note - CO2 -Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
If the commissioning is done outside the German / English - CO2 - Cylinder DOT .........................................see cylinder filled
speech area a translation of the product information and the - CO2 - Cylinder RU ............................................see cylinder filled
installation drawing has to be delivered in the specific language Cover - M300 ............................................see cylinder rack mechn.
of the country. CO2 connection slave release ..................see cylinder rack mechn.
This must be noted also for the product sale. Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn .............................757761
Monitoring Ex for weighing device ................................................

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
16 4800 (188.98)
214-240_012 / AI03 / 2018-July-20 / en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 53
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - master actuation - Ex Approvals / CE marking

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 887293: Battery CO2-40l-master-EX- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see operating instruction battery CO2-master actuation-Ex
part no. 887200

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) Number of release weights approx.
kg (lbs)
2 887293 2 78 (172)
3 887295 2 87 (192)
4 887296 3 101 (223)
5 887297 3 125 (276)
6 887298 4 141 (311)
7 887299 4 148 (326)
8 887301 5 163 (359)
9 887302 5 187 (412)
10 887303 6 202 (445)
11 887304 6 211 (465)
12 887305 7 223 (492)
13 887306 7 247 (545)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 887307 8 260 (573)

15 887308 8 268 (591)
16 887309 9 284 (626)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery, see on page 2

Technische Daten Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- master actuation - Ex is used in accordance
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fixed fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) It is suitable in explosive areas of the zone 1 and zone 2 type.
214-240_013 / AI02_2016en

........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommo-
Cylinder rack ..................to accommodate of steel cylinder 40 l date up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control
CE conformity ...............................in accordance with 94/9/EC device is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event
explosion protection ..................x II 2 G c IIB T4 (zone 1 + 2) of fire.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 54
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - master actuation - Ex

Functional description Product sheets also applying

The battery CO2- master actuation- Ex will be activated pneu- Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...........see ad-on part cylinder
matically. Through this a interlock in the release box VZ3-Ex Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
is released, whereby the adjusted pre-warning time begins to Weight for weighing device 1,0 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
run. Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold
After expiration of the pre-warning time the release mecha- Release box type VZ3-Ex ................................................cylinder
nics is unlocked and the cylinder valves are opened by a Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
release leverage. The CO2 flows through flexible hoses into Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
the manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every Earthing clamp 2" ........................................................M1-09-01
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually by a weighing device on U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01
extinguishing agent loss.
If required, the release mechanics can be locked using the Not included in delivery
disable device release box BEA part no. 886013 (not included Cylinder with valve 40 l:
in delivery). - CO2 -Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
Report CO2 - high pressure system (de/en) .....................726052
Caution Cover - M300 ...........................................see cylinder rack mechn.
Electrical monitoring of the battery in according to the Disable device release box BEA ...............see cylinder rack mechn.
Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) is not available as standard. Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Note Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
If the commissioning is done outside the German / English Monitoring Ex for weighing device ................................................
speech area a translation of the product information and the Limit switch Ex for release lever release box VZ3-Ex ...................
installation drawing has to be delivered in the specific language
of the country.
This must be noted also for the product sale.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
214-240_013 / AI02_2016en

16 4800 (188.98)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 55
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - slave actuation - Ex Approvals / CE marking

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 887310: Battery CO2-40l-slave-Ex- 2 cyl.

Maintenance
see product information cylinder rack CO2-additional-Ex
part no. 887278

Not included: cylinder with valve

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. 2) approx.
kg (lbs)
2 887310 54 (119)
3 887311 63 (139)
4 887313 70 (154)
5 887314 94 (207)
6 887315 103 (227)
7 887316 110 (243)
8 887317 118 (260)
9 887318 142 (313)
10 887319 149 (329)
11 887320 159 (351)
12 887321 165 (364)
13 887322 188 (415)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

14 887323 194 (428)

15 887325 202 (445)
16 887326 207 (456)
2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery,
see on page 2

Technical data Application

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 The battery CO2- slave actuation - Ex is used in accordance
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) fixed fire extinguishing systems using a gas as extinguishant.
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) It is suitable in explosive areas of the zone 1 and zone 2 type.
214-240_014 / AI02_2016en

........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) The battery is designed modular and is used to accommodate
Cylinder rack ...............to accommodate of steel cylinder 40 l up to 16 cylinders. The integrated non-electrical control device
CE conformity ...............................in accordance with 94/9/EC is used to open the extinguishing cylinders in the event of fire.
explosion protection ..................x II 2 G c IIB T4 (zone 1 + 2)

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 56
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - slave actuation - Ex

Functional description Product sheets also applying
The mechanism is triggered pneumatically by pressurising Hose CO2 / Ar / N2 W21,8 x 3/4 x 375, 200 bar ...........see ad-on part cylinder
a plunger-operated linkage which opens the valves on the Release cylinder MX-BV D55-H106 ...see selector valve accessories
CO2 cylinders. The CO2 flows through flexible tubes into the Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
manifold and from there into the attached pipework. Every Weight for weighing device 1,0 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder
CO2 cylinder is controlled individually with a weighing device Manifolds CO2 M300 .................................................see manifold
on extinguishing agent loss. Lever - cylinder valve CO2/Ar .............................see control device
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories
Caution U-bolt DN50 ................................................................M1-16-01
Electrical monitoring of the battery in according to the
Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) is not available as standard. Not included in delivery
Cylinder with valve 40 l:
Note - CO2 -Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
If the commissioning is done outside the German / English Cover - M300 .........................................siehe Batterie mechanisch
speech area a translation of the product information and the CO2 connection slave release ...........................see control device
installation drawing has to be delivered in the specific language Cylinder lifting device ................................see system accessories
of the country. Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
This must be noted also for the product sale. Steel strip DIN1016 - 30 x 3 - St37 - Zn ............................757761
Monitoring Ex for weighing device ................................................

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
5 1500 (59.06)
6 1800 (70.87)
7 2100 (82.68)
8 2400 (94.49)
9 2700 (106.3)
10 3000 (118.11)
11 3300 (129.92)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

12 3600 (141.73)
13 3900 (153.54)
14 4200 (165.35)
15 4500 (177.17)
16 4800 (188.98)
214-240_014 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 57
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Release box VZ3-Ex Approvals / CE marking

G306013 0786-CPD-30042

SAP designation
part no. 888060: Release box VZ3-Ex

Maintenance
see product information VZ3-Ex part no. 888062

Designation Part no. Weight

Release box VZ3-Ex 888060 6,8 kg (15 lbs)

Technical data Functional description

Time delay ......................................................3 - 60 s, adjustable In the stand-by position the weight bar is resting on the locked
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) weight lever, the wire-rope is engaged in the weight lever with
Pneumatical release device: its upper end and in the cam ratchet with its lower end, the
Working pressure .........................20 - 140 bar (290 - 2030 psi) cam ratchet is resting at the cam disk whereby the cam lever
Release box ....................................complies with EN 12094-2 in turn is caught by the notch of the release lever.
CE conformity acc. to: During an actuation the release lever is lifted at its right hand
- Construction Products Regulation (EU) No. 305/2011 side out of its resting position. By this the cam lever is freed
- ATEX product directive 94/9/EC, only in combination with from the notch of the release lever and starts to turn counter
cylinder rack CO2 - master actuation - Ex and/or clockwise. The cam disk is turning with the cam lever and
cylinder rack CO2 - 40 l - master actuation - Ex allows the cam ratchet to pass it after the set time, thus
releasing the lower end of the wire-rope. The weight bar is
Material / Surface skidding off from the weight lever. The contact surface of the
Housing ......................................................................aluminium release lever can act on a limit switch, which can be used
Cover plate ................................................plastic - transparent to switch on alarm horns or similar at the beginning of an
actuation.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Caution: The limit switch must be suitable for use in po-

Application
tentially explosive atmospheres according to the directi-
The release box VZ3-Ex may only be used in accordance
ve 94/9/EC.
with system approval in CO2, argon and nitrogen extinguis-
hing systems. It is corresponding to the EN 12094-2, a non
electrical automatic control and delay device. Included in delivery
The VZ3-Ex is used for delayed actuation of the cylinder Release box VZ3-Ex
battery, so that the extinguishing agent released only after the Product information VZ3-Ex part no. 888062
alarm is activated.
Not included in delivery
Performance features Fastening material:
The release box can be controlled pneumatically. The time - 4 x hex. screw with nut DIN601-M8x25 .........................103616
214-240_015 / AI01_2015en

delay is adjustable (3-60 s) and can be set to the local needs. - 4 x washer DIN125-B8,4 .............................................109837

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 58
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Release box VZ3-Ex

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Section: A - A
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-240_015 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 59
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack - CO2 single cylinder release Approvals

for pilot cylinder no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 855863: Battery CO2-10,7/13,4l-2
single cylinder release

Maintenance
according to report CO2 - high pressure systems

Weight
Number of cylinder Part no. approx.
kg (lbs)
2 855863 35.5 (78.26)
3 855875 40.0 (88.18)
4 855887 43.5 (95.9)

Technical data Performance feature

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 Battery CO2 single cylinder release for 2 up to 4 pilot cylinder
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) consisting of:
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) battery rack made of steel sections to install the
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) CO2-cylinders (free location or wall mounting), surface
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) corrosion protection by galvanising, single cylinder release,
Cylinder rack ....to accommodate of steel cylinder 10,7l and 13,4l mechanical weighing unit for each steel cylinder for loss indi-
cation at 10% loss of CO2.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Product sheets also applying

Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder Not included in delivery
Weight for weighing device 0,3 kg ...............see ad-on part cylinder CO2 - Cylinder EU, 10,7 l / 13,4 l with
Support for weighing device ...................see mounting accessories CO2 - cylinder valve type K85-20.0-S9 ................see cylinder filled
Release device EM 24 V DC ..............................see control device Cotter screw M8 x 85 Zn .............................770210, M1-04-04
Lever - cylinder valve EM release ......................see control device Adapter connection DN4 - Ermeto .....827325, M1-11-01 part 2
DN8 - Ermeto .....855425, M1-11-01 part 2
Caution
Due to fastening of the "release device EM 24 V DC" the "cy-
linder valve K85-20.0-S9" part no. 829759 (see cylinder valve)
must be used.
214-240_016 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 60
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cylinder rack - CO2 single cylinder release

for pilot cylinder

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Number of
L
cylinder
2 600 (23.62)
3 900 (35.43)
4 1200 (47.24)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-240_016 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 61
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Accessories cable duct for cylinder banks Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 815355: Accessories cable duct cylinder banks

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Accessories cable duct for cylinder banks 815355 0.07 kg (0.15 lbs)

Application Not included in delivery

For laying electr. cables in cable ducts at cylinder banks. Cable duct BA6 H 40 x B 40 .............................................140187

Included in delivery
Hex. screw DIN933 - M8x20 galv. ....................................106058
Support for cable duct ......................................................815367
Cheese-head screw DIN84 - M5x16 brass ......................106885
Washer DIN9021 - B5,3 galv. ..........................................109990
Hex. nut DIN934 - M5 galv. ..............................................108420
Label "Minimax" ...............................................................790540

Installations example
Section: A - B
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-240_017 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 62
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Disable device release box BEA Approvals / CE marking

G302024 0786-CPD-30006

SAP designation
part no. 886013: Disable device release box BEA

Maintenance
see product information disable device release box BEA
part no. 886012

Designation Part no. Weight

Disable device release box BEA 886013 0.55 kg (1.21 lbs)

Technical data Functional description

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) The blocking pin is moved from the operation position to the
Material housing .....................................................aluminium isolation position through pushing the handle bar to the left
blocking pin ........................................stainless steel side. The blocking pin rise now above the weight lever of the
Lock .....................................................................see M1-01-07 release box. It prevents the weight lever from tipping over
Vibration ................according to EN 12094-6 for wall installation when the extinguishing system is activated.
Disable device release box ..............complies with EN 12094-6 The extinguishing agent cylinders will not open automatically
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) when the release box is blocked with the disable device.
................................................................................No. 305/2011 The disable device release box must be locked in the operati-
on and in the isolation position with the lock.
Marking Only a authorize person from the customer is allowed to ac-
manufacturer (MX), type (BEA), approval sign (VdS), CE, serial tuate the disable device or instruct someone to do this.
number
Included in delivery
Application Disable device release box BEA compl. with lock and faste-
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

The disable device release box may only be used according ning material
to the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” of Product information disable device release box BEA
CO2, argon and nitrogen fire extinguishing systems. part no. 886012
According to EN 12094-6 it is defined as a non electrical
disable device to lock Argotec® cylinder banks. It prevents Not included in delivery
the extinguishing agent to be released. For repair or mainte- The following must be ordered separately for monitoring of
nance work in the protected area, when the system can be each position (operation / isolation):
activated unintentionally or people can not leave the area Limit switch system monitoring I88-SU1Zw .....................763261
within the pre - warning time, the extinguishing system must 2 x Cheese-head screw DIN84-M4x25 brass ..................106745
be blocked. 2 x Washer DIN125-B 4,3 brass ......................................109734
214-240_018 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 63
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Disable device release box BEA

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-240_018 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 64
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Release cylinder Approvals

1)

G392001
1) VdS approval only in conjunction with this listed valve types
K85-20.0-S2, K85-20.0-S3, K85-21.0-S1, K85-21.0-S3, K85-21.0-S4,
K85-21.0-S28, K85-21.0-30 und K85-60.0-S1.

SAP designation
part no. 779340: Release cylinder K19-185.0

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Release cylinder 779340 0.22 kg (0.49 lbs)

Technical data Application

Operating medium ....................................................CO2, Ar, N2 Pneumatic release for cylinder valves.
Working pressure .........................35 - 240 bar (508 - 3480 psi)
Temperature range:
- CO2 .......................................0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F)
- Ar, N2 ...................................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Connection thread ..........................................G3/8, DIN ISO 228
Housing, piston rod .............................................................brass
Position of device ........................................................as desired

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Stroke: 30 mm
214-240_019 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 65
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cover - M300 Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 774500: Cover M300-2 compl.

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Cover Part no. Weight

M300 - 2 774500 2.31 kg (5.09 lbs)

M300 - 3 775024 3.41 kg (7.52 lbs)
M300 - 4 775012 4.62 kg (10.19 lbs)

Material / Surface Not included in delivery

Cover - M300 .........................................sheet steel, galvanized Label MINIMAX ..........................................................M1-05-11

Included in delivery
Cover - M300 with
Tapping screw (2 pc) ................................DIN7513 - AM6 x 20

Required covers, depending on number of cylinders:

Number of cylinder
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Cover
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
M300 - 2 2x 2x
M300 - 3 2x 2x 4x 2x 6x 4x 2x 6x 4x 2x
M300 - 4 2x 2x 4x 2x 4x 6x 2x 4x 6x 8x
214-240_020 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 66
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Cylinder rack CO2 components

Cover - M300

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Cover L L1
M300 - 2 596 (23.46) 571 (22.48)
M300 - 3 896 (35.28) 871 (34.29)
M300 - 4 1196 (47.09) 1171 (46.1)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-240_020 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 67
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Single cylinder system CO2

Single cylinder system CO2 and Approvals

Argon 67,5 l - 200 bar
1) 2) 3)

Style A Style B Style C/D

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011)
2) Listed system only for style C covered by:
UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and UL-File EX5248 (Ar)
3) Russia approval for style B (CO2 - 67,5 l) and
for style C (CO2 - 67,5 l) only

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 770660: CO2-system 1cyl.-40l-mech.

Maintenance
see product information CO2/Ar/N2-system-1cyl.
part no. 887846
Fastening material not shown

Style Application Counter-weight Weight

Part no.
(activation) CO2 Ar kg (lbs) kg (lbs)

A 40 l - 770660 1.0 (2.2) 38.4 (84.7)

(mechanical) 67.5 l 67.5 l - 200 bar 885384 1.6 (3.5) 39.1 (86.2)

B 40 l - 770361 1.0 (2.2) 25.9 (57.1)

(pneumatic) 67.5 l 67.5 l - 200 bar 885385 1.6 (3.5) 26.6 (58.6)
40 l - 770348 1.0 (2.2) 26.4 (58.2)
C
67.5 l 67.5 l - 200 bar 885386 1.6 (3.5) 27.1 (59.8)
(EM - 24 V / DC)
80 l - 887842 1.8 (4) 28.2 (62.2)

D 40 l - 770350 1.0 (2.2) 26.3 (58)

(EM - 230 V / AC) 67.5 l 67.5 l - 200 bar 885387 1.6 (3.5) 27.0 (59.5)

Technical data
Support .......................................................................aluminium Argon:
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Base plate ..............................grey, varnished or powder coated Operating medium ....................................................................Ar

Pipe ...............................................................hot-dip galvanized Working pressure .............................................235 bar (3408 psi)
Connecting thread ...........................external thread R3/4 - ISO7 Test pressure ...................................................353 bar (5120 psi)
Working pressure pneumatic piston ...............140 bar (2030 psi) Cylinder volume ................................................................67.5 l
Test pressure pneumatic piston ......................210 bar (3045 psi) Amount filled per cylinder ................................23.9 kg (52.7 lbs)
CO2: Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Operating medium .................................................................CO2
Working pressure .............................................140 bar (2030 psi) Application
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) The CO2 / Ar / N2 single cylinder system may only be used in
Cylinder volume .................................................40 l, 67,5 l, 80 l accordance with system approval in stationary fire extinguis-
Amount filled per cylinder: hing systems. It serves to accommodate one extinguishing
..........................30 kg (66 lbs), 50 kg (110 lbs), 60 kg (132 lbs) agent cylinder. The integrated release device is used to open
214-290_001 / AI02_2016en

Amount filled per cylinder at tropical filling: the extinguishing agent cylinder in the event of fire.
.....................27 kg (59.5 lbs), 45 kg (99 lbs), 53.4 kg (117.7 lbs)
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F)
........................tropical filling: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 68
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Single cylinder system CO2

Single cylinder system CO2 and Included in delivery

Argon 67,5 l - 200 bar • = Components for style A B C D Part no.
Support for 1 - cyl. system • • • • 774925
to 67.5 l • • • • 779303
Functional description Pipe for 1 - cyl. system
for 80 l • 885281
The activation of the CO2/Ar-system 1 cyl. takes place either
mechanically, pneumatically or electrically. Base plate for 1 - cyl. system • • • • 779297
The rocker arm valve of the extinguishing agent cylinder or Weighing device WE4 • • • • 871695
pilot cylinder is opened via a weight, a pneumatic cylinder or Weight for weighing device • • • • see ad-on
an electrical release device. The extinguishing agent (CO2/Ar) part cylinder
flows through flexible tubes into the attached pipework. Hose CO2 / Ar • • • • 859510
The extinguishing agent cylinder is controlled with a weighing
Adapter G3/4 - R3/4 PB365 • • • • 887706
device on extinguishing agent loss.
Accessories for 1 - cyl. system • • • • 779492
Note Support Argotec • • • • 223036
The safe guard with limit switch (see control device) may be used Lever for release cylinder • 841859
the base support part no. 77 3982 is to be ordered additionally. Rope catch complete • 359647
Steel box for release weight, simple • 225483
Not included in delivery Weight complete 12 kg • 778086
Extinguishing agent cylinder:
Hex. screw DIN933-M8x10-8.8 • 215102
- CO2 - Cylinder EU .............................................see cylinder filled
- CO2 - Cylinder UL, EU ......................................see cylinder filled Lever for EM release • • • 885603
- CO2 - Cylinder RU ............................................see cylinder filled Cylinder D25-H30 • 227303
- Argon - Cylinder EU 200 bar .............................see cylinder filled Support for 1 - cyl. release pneum. • 779480
Monitoring loss PAE ......................................see monitoring device Accessories release device EM / VM • 778293
Support weighing device PAE .................see mounting accessories Hex. screw DIN933-M5x20 • 215035
Hex. nut DIN934-M5 • 108420
Washer DIN125-B5,3 • 760326
Release device EM 24 V DC • 885738
Release device EM 230 V AC • 885739

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch) Style B, C, D

Style A
Style B
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

pneumatic activation

Style C, D
214-290_001 / AI02_2016en

electric activation
mechanical activation 24 V / DC, 230 V / AC

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 69
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Pipe element

Manifold HD - DN50 PB 235 Approvals

CO2 / IG / MX 1230/200 no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885346: Manifold HD/DN50- 2 CO2/Argon

Maintenance
visual check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Weight
Feature Part no. Branches approx.
kg (lbs)
DN50 - 2 885346 2 13 (29)

DN50 - 3 885347 3 19.5 (43)

DN50 - 4 885348 4 26 (57.5)

DN50 - 5 885349 5 32.5 (72)

DN50 - 6 885350 6 39 (86)

DN50 - 7 885351 7 45.5 (100)

DN50 - 8 885353 8 52 (115)

DN50 - 9 885354 9 58.5 (129)

DN50 - 10 885355 10 65 (143)

Technical data
Operating medium ..........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
.......................................IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea, FK-5-1-12 Finish pipe ..............................coating DIN EN 10240 - t Zn o
Working pressure ...........................................235 bar (3408 psi) tee piece ...........................coating EN 12329 - Fe / Zn12
Water pressure test ........................353 bar (5120 psi) / 10 min

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

L1 1)
Feature L 1) n 2)
(n x 250)
DN50 - 2 515 (20.3) 1 250 (9.8)
DN50 - 3 765 (30.1) 2 500 (19.7)
DN50 - 4 1015 (40.0) 3 750 (29.5)
DN50 - 5 1265 (49.8) 4 1000 (39.4)
DN50 - 6 1515 (59.7) 5 1250 (49.2)
DN50 - 7 1765 (69.5) 6 1500 (59.1)
DN50 - 8 2015 (79.3) 7 1750 (68.9)
DN50 - 9 2265 (89.2) 8 2000 (78.7)
211-311_001 / AI02_2017en

DN50 - 10 2515 (99.0) 9 2250 (88.6)

1) Deviation
from nominal size because of
thread tolerances.
2) Number of distances.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 70
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Valve

Ball valve BK-MK Approvals / CE marking

DN25, DN40 and DN50 1) 2)

1) Listedsystem covered by UL-file EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-file EX5248 (Ar) for locking the CO2 pipework
2) in accordance with directive 2014/68/EU (DN40, DN50)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 861090: Ball valve TYPE BK/MK DN25

Maintenance
Functional check during the maintenance intervals specific to
the fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Weight
Designation Part no.
kg (lbs)

DN25 861090 2.0 (4.4)

Ball valve BK-MK DN40 861119 3.8 (8.4)

DN50 861120 5.6 (12.4)

Technical data Material / surface

Operating medium ..........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), Housing DN25 ...........................................1.0570, galvanized
.......................................IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea, FK-5-1-12 DN40, DN50 ..............1.0460.01, aluminium coating
Working pressure ..........................................235 bar (3408 psi) Ball ...........................................................................1.4006.05
Test pressure ..................................................353 bar (5120 psi) Ball gasket .............................................................POM gasket
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Stem .........................................................1.0718 K, galvanized
Stem gasket .....................................................NBR (perbunan)
Marking
nominal diameter (DN..), nominal pressuer (PN...), make no., Note
material description, order no., CE (not DN25) Use in VdS fire extinguishing systems is not permitted.

Not included in delivery

Lever
Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-320_001 / AI01 / 2018-Sept-25 / en

Rc
DN h1 h2 SW L b
ISO 7/1
25 Rc 1 54 (2.13) 13.5 (0.53) 14 (0.55) 119 (4.69) 57 (2.24)
40 Rc 1.1/2 72.5 (2.85) 15.5 (0.61) 17 (0.67) 130 (5.12) 85 (3.35)
50 Rc 2 80 (3.15) 15.5 (0.61) 17 (0.67) 140 (5.51) 102 (4.02)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 71
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Pipe coupling

Fittings for CO2 / IG Approvals

upstream piping - 200 bar without approval

Weight
Designation DN Thread Part no.
kg (lbs)

50 Rc 2 910943 1.2 (2.7)

Cap
65 Rc 2.1/2 910944 2.1 (4.6)

Reducing nipple 65 / 50 Rc 2.1/2 x 2 910936 0.7 (1.5)

50 Rc 2 910941 2.5 (5.5)

Elbow
65 Rc 2.1/2 910942 4.5 (9.9)

50 Rc 2 910939 3.1 (6.8)

Tee - piece
65 Rc 2.1/2 910940 5.9 (13.0)

50 Rc 2 910945 2.5 (5.5)

Union
65 Rc 2.1/2 910946 4.8 (10.6)

50 Rc 2 910954 1.0 (2.2)

Hex. nipple
65 Rc 2.1/2 910955 1.8 (4.0)

50 Rc 2 910937 1.4 (3.1)

Socket
65 Rc 2.1/2 910938 1.7 (3.8)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Technical data SAP designation

Working pressure .....................................3000 psi = 206.9 bar e.g. part no. 910943: Cap Rc 2"-St-ANSI B16.11
.................................................hex. nipple: 6000 psi = 413.7 bar
Finish .........................................................................galvanized Maintenance
Material .........................................................acc. to ASTM A105 maintenance-free
Thread ................................................acc. to ISO 7/1 - Rc, cone
Dimensions .................................................acc. to ANSI B16.11
Marking .....................................manufacture´s sign, dimension,
.................................batch number, pressure stage and material

Note
211-322_001 / AI00_2017en

Fittings without pressure test; fittings with pressure test see

- Fittings "PT" upstream piping - 140 bar
- Fittings "PT" upstream piping - 200 bar / 300 bar

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 72
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Pipe coupling

Fittings for CO2 / IG

upstream piping - 200 bar

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Elbow

Cap Reducing nipple

Tee - piece Union Hex. nipple

DN50 = SW105 DN50 = SW62

DN65 = SW122 DN65 = SW76

Socket

Designation DN Thread A ød L
50 Rc 2 48 (1.89) 78 (3.07) -
Cap
65 Rc 2.1/2 60 (2.36) 92 (3.62) -
Reducing nipple 65 / 50 Rc 2.1/2 x 2 - - -
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

50 Rc 2 64 (2.52) 84 (3.31) -
Elbow
65 Rc 2.1/2 83 (3.27) 102 (4.02) -
50 Rc 2 64 (2.52) 84 (3.31) -
Tee - piece
65 Rc 2.1/2 83 (3.27) 102 (4.02) -
50 Rc 2 - - 91 (3.58)
Union
65 Rc 2.1/2 - - 120 (4.72)
50 Rc 2 27 (1.06) 39 (1.54) 71 (2.8)
Hex. nipple
65 Rc 2.1/2 37 (1.46) 51 (2.01) 94 (3.7)
50 Rc 2 - 76 (2.99) 86 (3.39)
Socket
65 Rc 2.1/2 - 92 (3.62) 92 (3.62)
211-322_001 / AI00_2017en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 73
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Pipe coupling

Fittings "PT" for CO2 with pressure test Approvals

upstream piping - 140 bar without approval

Weight
Designation DN Thread Part no.
kg (lbs)

50 Rc 2 870046 1.2 (2.7)

Cap PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 870058 2.1 (4.6)

Reducing nipple PT 65 / 50 Rc 2.1/2 x 2 870060 0.7 (1.5)

50 Rc 2 870022 2.5 (5.5)

Elbow PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 870034 4.5 (9.9)

50 Rc 2 870009 3.1 (6.8)

Tee - piece PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 870010 5.9 (13.0)

50 Rc 2 870540 2.5 (5.5)

Union PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 870472 4.8 (10.6)

50 Rc 2 886189 1.0 (2.2)

Hex. nipple PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 886190 1.8 (4.0)

50 Rc 2 870125 1.4 (3.1)

Socket PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 870137 1.7 (3.8)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Technical data SAP designation

Working pressure .....................................3000 psi = 206.9 bar part no. 870046: Cap Rc 2"-St-PT
.................................................hex. nipple: 6000 psi = 413.7 bar
Finish .........................................................................galvanized Maintenance
Material .........................................................acc. to ASTM A105 maintenance-free
Thread ................................................acc. to ISO 7/1 - Rc, cone
Dimensions .................................................acc. to ANSI B16.11
Marking .....................................manufacture´s sign, dimension,
.........batch number, pressure stage, material and test mark "PT"
214-322_001 / AI01_2015en

Application
CO2 high pressure systems in application of the procedure spe-
cification MXV 044 "Druckprüfungen an Speziallöschanlagen"

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 74
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Pipe coupling

Fittings "PT" for CO2 with pressure test

upstream piping - 140 bar

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Elbow

Cap Reducing nipple

Tee - piece Union Hex. nipple

DN50 = SW105 DN50 = SW62

DN65 = SW122 DN65 = SW76

Socket

Designation DN Thread A ød L
50 Rc 2 48 (1.89) 78 (3.07) -
Cap PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 60 (2.36) 92 (3.62) -
Reducing nipple PT 65 / 50 Rc 2.1/2 x 2 - - -
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

50 Rc 2 64 (2.52) 84 (3.31) -
Elbow PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 83 (3.27) 102 (4.02) -
50 Rc 2 64 (2.52) 84 (3.31) -
Tee - piece PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 83 (3.27) 102 (4.02) -
50 Rc 2 - - 91 (3.58)
Union PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 - - 120 (4.72)
50 Rc 2 27 (1.06) 39 (1.54) 71 (2.8)
Hex. nipple PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 37 (1.46) 51 (2.01) 94 (3.7)
50 Rc 2 - 76 (2.99) 86 (3.39)
Socket PT
65 Rc 2.1/2 - 92 (3.62) 92 (3.62)
214-322_001 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 75
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

CO2 Manifold

Manifold selector valve DN65/80/100 complete Approvals / CE marking

pneumatic, CO2 / inert gas (CF) / VSN 1230/200 1) 1), 2) 2) 3) 1) 1)

G397004  0786-CPD-30005

1) Approvals and CE for selector valve only

2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and covered by

UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
3)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

Maintenance
see operating instruction selector valve BV, part no. 886269

Spare parts
Manual release lever, 600 mm (23.62") long part no. 823976

Ordering hints
Manifolds selctor valve DN65/80/100 pneumatic are manufactured individually for each contract.
Use form C10.40.80 (see documentation special extinguishing systems) for ordering.

Primer coated or powder coated manifolds are to be ordered via order number 40 0015.
Galvanized manifolds are to be ordered via order number 40 0016.

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ............CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100) After a fire has been detected in one of the extinguishing
..........................................IG-55, IG-541, FK-5-1-12, HFC-227ea zones of a multi- zone system, the appropriate selector valve
Working pressure / test pressure: opens and the extinguishing agent flows into the relevant
- Manifold, selector valves ...............................140 bar / 210 bar downstream pipe work of the extinguishing zone.
...................................................................(2030 psi / 3045 psi) For recommissioning the selector valve has to be closed
- Pneumatic release device ...................20 to 140 bar / 210 bar manually by using the reset lever. The right position of
......................................................(290 to 2030 psi / 3045 psi) selector valve may monitored by one or two limit switches.
Flow characteristics (high pressure selector valve):
- DN65 ......................................equivalent length 0.43 m (16.93") Main components
- DN80 ......................................equivalent length 0.55 m (21.65") Ball valves DN65 - 100 ......................see selector valve accessories
- DN100 ...................................equivalent length 0.67 m (26.38") Release cylinder section valve ..........see selector valve accessories
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Temperature range ....................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Safety valve, depending from operating medium:
Actuation ..................................................................by 24 V DC - Valve G1/2 - 140 bar (CO2) ..................................see safety valve
- Valve G1/2 - 66 bar (inert gas / MX 1230/200 ) ...see safety valve
Application Limit switch type US 432y and US 434y ........see monitoring device
The manifold selector valve BV DN65/80/100 pneumatic is Manifold rack - left ...........................................................817728
used in accordance with “documentation of special extinguis- Manifold rack - right .........................................................822583
hing systems” in:
- fixed CO2- high pressure fire extinguishing systems Included in delivery
- argon-, nitrogen, IG-55-, IG-541 extinguishing systems Manifold selector valve complete, pneumatic
with Constant Flow (CF) Operating instruction selector valve BV part no. 886269
- VSN 1230/200 fire extinguishing systems, maximum number
of selector valves: 15.
214-020_101 / AI02_2015en

In case of fire the selector valve DN65/80/100 is used for

flooding selected extinguishing zones.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 76
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

CO2 Manifold

Manifold selector valve DN65/80/100 complete

pneumatic, CO2 / inert gas (CF) / VSN 1230/200

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: A - A

DN L h *
65 350 (13.78) 203 / 270 (7.99 / 10.63)
80 350 (13.78) 200 / 267 (7.87 / 10.51) * The longer dimensions are valid for manifolds with min. one
100 450 (17.72) 250 (9.84) selector valve DN100.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-020_101 / AI02_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 77
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve

Selector valve BV DN25 - 50 complete Approvals

PB 235, pneumatic, CO2 / IG / MX 1230/200 see individual components

Maintenance
see operating instruction selector valve MX-BV DN25/40/50
part no. 886333

Ordering hints
The manifold sets with pneumatic release can be put together individually.
The components can be ordered from stock using the part no.

Item 1) Designation Part no. Weight

1 Selector valve MX-BV DN25 - 50 see selector valve

2 Manifold HP see pipe element
3 Limit switch type US 432y see monitoring device
IG see safety valve
4 Safety valve CO2 see safety valve
MX 1230/200 see safety valve
5 Plug 774822 0.05 kg (0.11 lbs)
- Pipe support B DN50 compl. (M1-16-00) 774639 0.77 kg (1.7 lbs)
- Manual release lever, 497 mm long 860346 1.2 kg (2.65 lbs)
- Installation instruction 860863 -
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

1) Item 1 - 5 see drawing on page 2

Application Functional description

The selector valve MX-BV DN 25/40/50 is used in accordance After a fire has been detected in one of the extinguishing
with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in zones of a multi- zone system, the appropriate selector valve
fixed CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55 and IG-541 high pressure fire opens. The extinguishing agent, CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55,
extinguishing systems or MX 1230/200 fire systems respectively. IG-541 or MX 1230/200, flows into the relevant downstream
In case of fire the selector valve DN 25/40/50 is used for flooding pipe work of the extinguishing zone.
selected extinguishing zones.
A safety valve is mounted on the manifold in order to release
any excessive pressure.
Note
To closure of a manifold branch are needed following compo- For recommissioning, the selector valve has to be closed
211-331_001 / AI01_2015en

nents: manually by using the reset hand lever. The right position of
- Blind cap DN50 ...........................................................873746 selector valve may monitored by one or two limit switches.
- O-ring 54 x 3 NBR 70 Shore .......................................847059
- Cap nut DN50 ...........................................................870630

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 78
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve

Selector valve MX-BV DN25 - 50 compl.

pneum., CO2 / IG / MX 1230/200

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-331_001 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 79
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve

Selector valve MX-BV DN25 - 50 Approvals / CE marking

PB235, CO2 / IG / VSN 1230/200 1) 1) 2)

G393001  0786-CPD-30004

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885189: Selector valve BV 25 PB235

Maintenance
see operating instruction selector valve BV DN25/40/50
part no. 886333

Weight
Designation Part no.
kg (lbs)

DN25 885189 17.0 (37.5)

DN40 885191 20.5 (45.2)
DN50 885192 24.8 (54.7)
Selector valve BV
DN25 - NPT 912052 17.0 (37.5)
DN40 - NPT 912053 20.5 (45.2)
DN50 -NPT 912054 24.8 (54.7)

Technical data Application

Type .................................................................................MX-BV The selector valve BV DN 25/40/50 is used in accordance
Operating medium .........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), with the “documentation of special extinguishing
.......................................IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea, FK-5-1-12 systems” in fixed CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55 and IG-541 high
Temperature range ............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) pressure fire extinguishing systems or VSN 1230/200 fire
Working pressure: systems respectively.
- manifold, selector valves ............................235 bar (3408 psi) In case of fire the selector valve DN 25/40/50 is used for
- pneumatic release device ........20 to 140 bar (290 to 2030 psi) flooding selected extinguishing zones.
Test pressure:
- manifold, selector valves ............................353 bar (5120 psi) Functional description
- pneumatic release device ............................210 bar (3045 psi) After a fire has been detected in one of the extinguishing
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Flow characteristics (selector valve): zones of a multi- zone system, the appropriate selector valve
- DN25 ..................................equivalent length 0.18 m (0.59 ft) opens. The extinguishing agent, CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55,
- DN40 ..................................equivalent length 0.27 m (0.89 ft) IG-541 or VSN 1230/200, flows into the relevant downstream
- DN50 ..................................equivalent length 0.37 m (1.21 ft) pipe work of the extinguishing zone.
Test certificate .........in acc. with EN 10204 - 3.1 (pressure test)
Selector valve ..................................complies with EN 12094-5 A safety valve is mounted on the manifold in order to release
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) any excessive pressure.
.................................................................................No 305/2011
For recommissioning, the selector valve has to be closed
manually by using the reset hand lever. The right position of
Product sheets also applying selector valve may monitored by one or two limit switches.
Cylinder D55-H106 .......................see selector valve accessories
Ball valves BV DN25, DN40 and DN50 ...see selector valve accessories
Not included in delivery
211-331_102 / AI03_2016en

Limit switch US 432y, 2 contacts .....724420, see monitoring device

Marking Manual release lever BV <DN65, 497 mm long ............860346
Type (MX-BV ..), VdS no. (G393001), MX test no.
additonal marking for selector valve with NPT thread:
thread (NPT)

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 80
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve

Selector valve BV DN25 - 50

CO2 / IG / VSN 1230/200

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

R
L1

DN R L1 ±15 (0.6) L2 ±15 (0.6)

L2

25 R1 - DIN 2999 810 (31.9) 579 (22.8)

40 R1.1/2 - DIN 2999 795 (31.3) 575 (22.6)
50 R2 - DIN 2999 805 (31.7) 584 (23.0)
25 - NPT 1 - 11.5 NPT 810 (31.9) 579 (22.8)
40 - NPT 1.1/2 - 11.5 NPT 795 (31.3) 575 (22.6)
50 - NPT 2 - 11.5 NPT 805 (31.7) 584 (23.0)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-331_102 / AI03_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 81
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve accessories

Release cylinder MX-BV Approvals

for cylinder rack, section valve 1)

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 847199: Cylinder MX-BV D55-H106

Maintenance
see applicable product informations
cyl. battery slave actuation, selector valve and manifold set

Weight
Designation Part no. Cylinder stroke
kg (lbs)

H106 847199 106 mm (4.17“) 5.0 (11.0)

Cylinder MX-BV D55
H206 822613 206 mm (8.11“) 6.7 (14.9)

Technical data
Operating medium ......................CO2 - gaseous, argon (IG-01), Traction H106 ...............................3850 N at 20 bar (290 psi)
..................................................nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 H206 ..............................4240 N at 20 bar (290 psi)
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi)
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi)

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Cylinder MX-BV D55-H206 without pressure spring

Cylinder A B C
211-334_001 / AI01_2015en

H106 480 (18.9) 12 (0.47) 12 (0.47)

H206 680 (26.8) 16 (0.63) 16 (0.63)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 82
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve accessories

Ball valve MX-BV

DN25, DN40 and DN50

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 860590: Ball valve DN25 MX-BV25 / PB235

Maintenance
see operating instruction selector valve MX-BV DN25/40/50
part no. 886333

Weight
Designation Part no. Type no.
kg (lbs)

DN25 860590 591069 2.0 (4.4)

Ball valve MX-BV DN40 860619 598332 3.8 (8.4)

DN50 860620 598333 5.6 (12.4)

Technical data
Operating medium ..........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100),
.......................................IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea, FK-5-1-12
Working pressure ..........................................235 bar (3408 psi)
Test pressure ..................................................353 bar (5120 psi)
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Rc
DN h1 h2 SW L b
ISO 7/1
25 Rc 1 54 (2.13) 13.5 (0.53) 14 (0.55) 119 (4.69) 57 (2.24)
211-334_002 / AI01_2015en

40 Rc 1.1/2 72.5 (2.85) 15.5 (0.61) 17 (0.67) 130 (5.12) 85 (3.35)

50 Rc 2 80 (3.15) 15.5 (0.61) 17 (0.67) 140 (5.51) 102 (4.02)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 83
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve accessories

Manifold support complete Approvals

- manifold 365 bar nicht zulassungspflichtig

SAP designation
part no. 886355: Manifold support compl.- manifold 365bar

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Manifold support complete - manifold 365 bar 886355 7.7 kg (17.0 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Material ............................................................steel, galvanized Dimensions in mm (inch)

Application
Manifold support for manifold set DN50 (floor fastening).
After each third selector valve a manifold support is to be set.

Included in delivery
Manifold support for manifold 365 bar ..............................886354
Angle manifold support compl. ........................................886351
U-bolt DN50 ....................................................................125050
2x Hex. screw DIN601-M12x30 with nut ..........................842562
2x Washer DIN125-B13 ...................................................109886
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Not included in delivery

Material for floor fastening
211-334_003 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 84
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Selector valve accessories

Push-button selector valve Approvals

2) 2) 3)
1)



1) Part of the system approval VSN 1230 (S314012) und VSN 200 (S313007)

2)
Listed system covered by UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
3)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 822674: Push-button selector valve

Maintenance
see product information push-button selector valve
part no. 886501

Designation Part no. Weight

Push-button selector valve 822674 0.16 kg (0.35 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Operating medium ......................CO2 - gaseous, argon (IG-01), Dimensions in mm (inch)
........nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea, FK-5-1-12
Working pressure .........................2 to 365 bar (29 to 5294 psi)
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Thread connection ..........for precision-drawn steel pipe 10 x 1
Position of device ........................................................as desired

Material / Surface
Knurled screw ..............................................brass, nickel plated
Non-return valve ..............................................steel, galvanized
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Application
The push-button is used in accordance with the project-specific
system schema in fixed fire extinguishing systems.
The push-button is used to manually vent pilot lines. This
ensures that the pilot lines can be pressure-relieved without
having to dismount them.

Included in delivery
Push-button selector valve
Product information push-button selector valve part no. 886501
211-334_104 / AI02_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 85
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Safety valve CO2

Safety valve G1/2 - 140 bar Approvals

1) 2) 2) 3)


1) Part of the system approval:
- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD200 (S315012)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD300 (S315013)
- VSN 1230 (S314012) / VSN 200 (S313007)
2)
Listed system covered by:
UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
3)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 886282: Safety valve G1/2-140bar

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Safety valve G1/2 - 140 bar 886282 1.4 kg (3.09 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Type ...........................................................................4373.2612 Dimensions in mm (inch)
Operating medium ................................................CO2 - gaseous
Response pressure .........140 bar (2030 psi) at +50 °C (122 °F)
Flow rate .......................................approx. 3014 Nm³/h, gaseous
Thread ............................................................in acc. to ISO 228
Metal seal ......................-270 °C to +220 °C (-454 °F to 428 °F)
Position of device ............................................................vertical
Safety valve according to pressure equipment directive
97/23/EC category IV
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Application
- Upstream piping in stationary CO2 fire extinguishing systems
- Pilot pipe in stationary CO2, argon and nitrogen fire extinguishing
systems and/or in VSN 1230/200 fire extinguishing systems
214-341_101 / AI03_2016en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 86
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Safety valve CO2

Safety valve G1/2 - 120 bar Approvals

without approval

SAP designation
part no. 644511: safety valve G1/2-120bar

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Safety valve G1/2 - 120 bar 644511 1) 1.4 kg (3.09 lbs)

1) for spare only

Technical data Dimension drawing

Type ............................................................................4373.2612 Dimensions in mm (inch)
Operating medium ................................................CO2 - gaseous
Response pressure ...........120 bar (1740 psi) at +34 °C (93 °F)
Flow rate .......................................approx. 2650 Nm³/h, gaseous
Thread .............................................................in acc. to ISO 228
Metal seal ......................-270 °C to +220 °C (-454 °F to 428 °F)
Position of device .............................................................vertical
Safety valve according to pressure equipment directive
97/23/EC category IV
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-341_002 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 87
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Local application nozzle Approvals

ED - 1/2 and 3/4

G393002

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 133634: Local application nozzle ED-1/2-14

Maintenance
see product information local application nozzle ED 1/2 and
ED 3/4 part no. 886254

Part no. A
A 1) Weight
imaginary
(mm²) ED - 1/2 ED - 3/4 kg (lbs)
(mm²)
14 133634 - 8
17 133646 133749 10
21 133658 133750 12.5
27 133660 133762 16
34 133671 133774 20 ED - 1/2:
0.5 (1.1)
42.5 133683 133786 25
54.5 133695 133798 31.5
68 133701 133804 40
ED - 3/4:
87 133713 133816 50 0.9 (1.98)
108.5 133725 133828 63
137.5 133737 133830 80
169.5 - 133841 100
218 - 133853 125
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

1) Exhaust aperture through nozzles

Technical data Application

Type ........................................................................................ED The local application nozzle is used in accordance with the
Operating medium ................................................................CO2 “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed CO2
Working pressure ....min. 10 bar (145 psi), max. 60 (870 psi) bar fire extinguishing systems.
Connection thread ...................................Rp 1/2, Rp 3/4, ISO 7 The nozzle is especially suitable for the protection of free-
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) standing not enclosed objects. During the protected time the
Jet deflector ..........................sheet steel, 1 mm (0,04") thickness calculated quantity of the pouring out CO2 forms a densely
Finish .......................................................varnish, RAL3000 - red aerosol cloud in the flooding area. With the local application
...........................................or "Minimax-red", similar to RAL3000 nozzle this aerosol cloud can aligned exactly to the object.
Nozzle body ........................................................................brass
214-360_001 / AI01_2015en

Marking
manufacturer (MX), type (ED), connection (1/2 or 3/4), exhaust
aperture (xxx), approval sign (VdS), serial number

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 88
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Local application nozzle

ED - 1/2 und 3/4

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Nozzle ød L SW
ED - 1/2 100 (3.94) 185 (7.28) 30
ED - 3/4 141 (5.55) 249 (9.8) 36
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-360_001 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 89
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Nozzle MX1/4-H Approvals / CE marking

1) 2)

G389007 0786-CPD-30003

1) VdS approval is only valid for CO2 high pressure fire extinguishing
systems and CO2 low pressure fire extinguishing systems

2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
Nozzle manufactured of part no. 820604: Nozzle MX1/4-H

Maintenance
see technical description nozzle MX1/4-H part no. 886252

Designation Part no. Weight

Nozzle MX1/4-H x d 820604 3) 0.08 kg (0.18 lbs)

3)
Ordering hints Marking
The nozzles are manufactured on request. manufacturer / year indication (MX / xx), type (MX1/4-H),
When ordering, state required nozzle bore diameter d (1 mm bore diameter d (X,X), approval sign (VdS, UL), CE,
up to 2,5 mm in 1/10 mm gradation)! serial number

Included in delivery
Technical data Nozzle MX1/4-H x d
Type ............................................................................MX1/4-H Technical description nozzle MX1/4-H part no. 886252
Operating medium VdS .....................................................CO2
UL ...........................................CO2, argon
Connection thread ..................................................G1/4 ISO 228 Dimension drawing
Working pressure ..min. 10 bar (145 psi), max. 60 (870 psi) bar Dimensions in mm (inch)
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Nozzle body ........................................................................brass
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Sieve .....................................................................stainless steel

Width of mesh ......................................................0.5 mm (0.02")
Wire diameter .....................................................0.16 mm (0.01")
Nozzle .............................................complies with EN 12094-7
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
................................................................................No. 305/2011

Application
The nozzle MX1/4-H may only be used as a room protection
nozzle. The nozzle is used for the protection of small rooms or
small enclosed objects e.g. EDP-equipment, control cabinets
or cable floors. They distribute the extinguishing agent evenly
214-360_002 / AI02_2018en

in the extinguishing zone in the calculated flooding time.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 90
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Nozzle type DD Approvals / CE marking

1)

G393008 0786-CPD-30002

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 290287: Nozzle DD 1/2- 3

Maintenance
see technical description nozzle DD part no. 886280

A A
Ød Ød
Part no. imaginary Part no. imaginary
mm (inch) mm (inch)
mm² mm²
3.0 (0.12) 290287 5 9.2 (0.36) 290408 50
3.7 (0.15) 290299 8 9.8 (0.39) 290410 57
4.6 (0.18) 290317 12.5 10.3 (0.41) 290421 63
5.2 (0.20) 290329 16 10.9 (0.43) 290433 70
6.6 (0.26) 290354 25 11.5 (0.45) 290457 80
7.4 (0.29) 290378 31.5 12.0 (0.47) 290469 87
8.3 (0.33) 290380 40 12.7 (0.50) 290470 100
Weight nozzle DD 1/2: 0,07 kg (0,15 lbs)

Technical data Included in delivery

Type .......................................................................................DD Nozzle DD 1/2
Operating medium ..................................carbon dioxide (CO2), Technical description nozzle DD part no. 886280
.........................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541
Connecting thread ...............................................R1/2, DIN 2999 Not included in delivery
Working pressure ....................................max. 60 bar (870 psi) Nozzle assembly flush and insertion type .....................see nozzle
Nozzle body ........................................................................brass
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F)
Nozzle .............................................complies with EN 12094-7
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) Dimension drawing

Dimensions in mm (inch)
................................................................................No. 305/2011

Application
SW22
The nozzle DD may only be used in accordance with system
approval in stationary CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55 and
IG-541 fire extinguishing systems.
DIN 2999

DIN 2999

They is provided with threads on the inlet and outlet side

øD
R1/2

R1/2

so it is possible to mount the nozzle from the outside at e.g.

housing and exhaust air channels. The nozzle distribute the
extinguishing agent evenly in the extinguishing zone in the
calculated flooding time.
38 (1.5)
214-360_003 / AI02_2017en

Marking
manufacturer (MX), type (DD), bore diameter d (X,X),
approval sign (VdS), CE, serial number

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 91
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Nozzle assembly Approvals

flush type and insertion type no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 290019: Nozzle assembly flush type

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

flush type 290019 0.67 kg (1.48 lbs)
Nozzle assembly
insertion type 359544 0.55 kg (1.21 lbs)

Included in delivery Not included in delivery

T B1-1/2 type D, galvanized ............................................747982 Nozzle type DD ............................................................see nozzle
Cap T1-1/2 type D, galvanized .........................................749887 Additionally for flush type:
Union U12-1/2 type D, galvanized ....................................818540 - Foil 1/2" .......................................................................479377
Pipe nipple flush type / insertion type ...............................818289
Additionally for flush type:
- Mounting socket thermo switch, screw-on .........see release device electr.
- 3x hex. screw DIN933-M5x16, galvanized ....................105730
- 3x hex nut DIN934-M5, galvanized .............................108420
- 6x washer DIN125-B5,3, galvanized ...........................109758
- 3x spring ring DIN127 B5, galvanized .........................109473
Additionally for insertion type:
- Counter nut P4-1/2, galvanized ...................................818551
- Washer DIN125-B21-steel galvanized .........................109941

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Flush type Insertion type

214-360_004 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 92
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Booth protection nozzle KD 2 - 42,5 Approvals

Component without VdS approval

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 886331: Cabin protection nozzle KD 2

Maintenance
see product information booth protection nozzle
part no. 886003

A
A 1)
Designation Part no. imaginary Weight
(mm²) (mm²)
KD 2 886331 2 1.2
KD 14 822480 14 8
KD 17 822492 17 10
Booth protection nozzle KD 21 822509 21 12.5 0.27 kg (0.6 lbs)
KD 27 822510 27 16
KD 34 822522 34 20
KD 42.5 822534 42.5 25
1) Exhaust aperture through nozzles

Technical data Included in delivery

Type ........................................................................................KD Booth protection nozzle KD
Operating medium ................................................................CO2 Product information booth protection nozzle part no. 886003
Working pressure ..min. 10 bar (145 psi), max. 60 (870 psi) bar
Connection thread .............................................R1/2", ISO 7/1
Nozzle insert .......................................................................brass Dimension drawing
Deflector .........................................................steel, nickel plated Dimensions in mm (inch)

Application
The booth protection nozzle may only be used in accordance
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

with system approval in stationary CO2 fire extinguishing

systems. It is designed for application in enclosed spaces for
example protective covers of machine tools and in powder
coating booths. After actuating the CO2 fire extinguishing
system the liquid CO2 flows through a pipe system into the
nozzle insert. After leaving the two nozzles holes the CO2 ex-
pands in the jet deflector of the booth protection nozzle. The
cone plug is press out from the gaseous CO2 and the CO2
streams in a full cone jet out of the nozzle.

Caution
The nozzle is not suitable for use as a local application nozzle
214-360_005 / AI01_2015en

to protected open objects. Never align the booth protection

nozzle directly to liquids.

Marking
manufacturer´s sign (MX), type (KD), serial number

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 93
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

CO2 nozzle deep-fat fryers CSD Approvals

G399012

SAP designation
Part no. 818423: CO2 nozzle deep-fat fryers CSD

Maintenance
see product information CO2 nozzle CSD, part no. 886255

Designation Part no. Weight

CO2 nozzle deep-fat fryers CSD 818423 0.94 kg (2.07 lbs)

Technical data Included in delivery

Type .....................................................................................CSD CO2 nozzle deep-fat fryers CSD
Operating medium ................................................................CO2 Product information CO2 nozzle CSD part no. 886255
Working pressure ......................................max. 60 (870 psi) bar
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Distance between nozzle and liquid surface ...min. 150 mm (5.91") Dimension drawing
Connection thread ...............................................R1/2, DIN 2999 Dimensions in mm (inch)
Nozzle insert, strainer ............................................stainless steel
Deflector .........................................................steel, nickel plated
Strainer width of mesh .........................................0.5 mm (0.2")
wire diameter .....................................0.16 mm (0.01")
Coverage area .................................................................0,46 m²
Mass flow rate ..............7.5 kg/min (high pressure CO2 systems)
The calculation is carried out via the Minimax calculation program
as a nozzle RD 1/2x3.0 with a mass flow rate of 7.5 kg/min
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Application
The CO2 nozzle CSD may only be used in accordance with
system approval in stationary CO2 kitchen protection fire
extinguishing systems. After actuating the fire extinguishing
system the CO2 leave the nozzle insert in the form of snow.
The CO2 snow lays itself on the surface of the burning
liquid (e.g. cooking grease). By the evaporation of the snow
the liquid is cooled down under the auto ignition point and the
flames are suffocated by the gaseous CO2.

Marking
214-360_006 / AI01_2015en

Manufacturer´s sign (MX), type (CSD), approval sign (VdS),

serial number

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 94
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Nozzle

Nozzle RD 1/2 and 3/4 Approvals / CE marking

1)

G392002 0786-CPD-30001

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX5248 (Ar).

For CO2 - fire extinguishing systems used nozzle RD with
UL-Code, see nozzle.

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 186004: Nozzle RD1/2x 3,0

Maintenance
see product information nozzle RD1/2 and RD3/4
part no. 886279

A
Nozzle RD Part no. Weight
imaginary [mm²]
1/2 x 3.0 186004 5
1/2 x 3.7 186028 8
1/2 x 4.6 186041 12.5
1/2 x 5.2 186053 16
1/2 x 6.6 186077 25
1/2 x 7.4 186089 31.5
1/2 x 8.3 186107 40
0.07 kg (0.15 lbs)
1/2 x 9.2 186090 50
1/2 x 9.8 594840 57
1/2 x 10.3 186119 63
1/2 x 10.9 594838 70
1/2 x 11.5 186120 80
1/2 x 12.0 594826 87
1/2 x 12.7 594814 100
3/4 x 13.7 252621 110
3/4 x 14.6 186170 125
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

3/4 x 15.4 252633 140

0.10 kg (0.22 lbs)
3/4 x 16.4 186181 160
3/4 x 17.2 252645 180
3/4 x 17.9 186193 200

Technical data Application

Type ..................................................................RD 1/2, RD 3/4 The nozzles RD may only be used in as room protection
Operating medium ..........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), nozzles in stationary CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55 and IG-541
...............................................................................IG-55, IG-541 fire extinguishing systems.
Connection thread ...................................according to EN 10226 The nozzles distribute the extinguishing agent evenly in the
Working pressure ..min. 10 bar (145 psi), max. 60 (870 psi) bar extinguishing zone in the calculated flooding time.
211-360_001 / AI01_2015en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)

Nozzle body ........................................................................brass

Marking
manufacturer (SFH), type (RD), bore diameter d (X,X),
approval sign (VdS), CE, serial number
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 95
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Nozzle

Nozzle RD 1/2 and 3/4

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Nozzle RD ød

1/2 x 3.0 3.0 (0.12)

1/2 x 3.7 3.7 (0.15)
1/2 x 4.6 4.6 (0.18)
1/2 x 5.2 5.2 (0.2)
1/2 x 6.6 6.6 (0.26)
1/2 x 7.4 7.4 (0.29)
1/2 x 8.3 8.3 (0.33)
1/2 x 9.2 9.2 (0.36)
1/2 x 9.8 9.8 (0.39)
1/2 x 10.3 10.3 (0.41)
1/2 x 10.9 10.9 (0.43)
1/2 x 11.5 11.5 (0.45)
1/2 x 12.0 12.0 (0.47)
1/2 x 12.7 12.7 (0.5)
3/4 x 13.7 13.7 (0.54)
3/4 x 14.6 14.6 (0.57)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

3/4 x 15.4 15.4 (0.61)

3/4 x 16.4 16.4 (0.65)
3/4 x 17.2 17.2 (0.68)
3/4 x 17.9 17.9 (0.7)
211-360_001 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 96
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Nozzle RD 1/2 and 3/4 Approvals

UL-Code 1)

1) Systemlistung innerhalb UL-File EX6388 (CO2)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 887177: Nozzle RD 1/2 UL-Code 3,4

Maintenance
visual check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Nozzle RD UL-Code Part no. Weight

3.4 887177
4.2 887179
5.2 887181
5.8 887182
7.4 887183
8.3 887184
9.2 887185
R 1/2 0.07 kg (0.15 lbs)
10.2 887186
10.8 887187
11.4 887188
12.2 887189
12.9 887190
13.5 887192
14.4 887193
15.2 887194
16.2 887195
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

17.0 887196
R 3/4 0.10 kg (0.22 lbs)
18.4 887197
19.6 887198
20.6 887199

Technical data Application

Type ..................................................................RD 1/2, RD 3/4 The nozzles RD with UL-Code may only be used as room pro-
Operating medium ................................................................CO2 tection nozzles in stationary CO2 fire extinguishing systems.
Connection thread ....................................according to DIN 2999 The nozzles distribute the extinguishing agent evenly in the
Working pressure ..min. 10 bar (145 psi), max. 60 (870 psi) bar extinguishing zone in the calculated flooding time.
214-360_007 / AI01_2015en

Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)

Nozzle body ........................................................................brass

Marking
manufacturer (SFH), type (RD), UL-Code (X,X), serial number

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 97
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Nozzle

Nozzle RD 1/2 and 3/4

UL-Code

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Nozzle RD UL-Code ød

3.4 3.0 (0.12)

4.2 3.7 (0.15)
5.2 4.6 (0.18)
5.8 5.2 (0.2)
7.4 6.6 (0.26)
8.3 7.4 (0.29)
9.2 8.3 (0.33)
R 1/2
10.2 9.2 (0.36)
10.8 9.8 (0.39)
11.4 10.3 (0.41)
12.2 10.9 (0.43)
12.9 11.5 (0.45)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

13.5 12.0 (0.47)

14.4 12.7 (0.5)
15.2 13.7 (0.54)
16.2 14.6 (0.57)
17.0 15.4 (0.61)
R 3/4
18.4 16.4 (0.65)
19.6 17.2 (0.68)
20.6 17.9 (0.7)
214-360_007 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 98
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Alarm device

Makrofon Approvals / CE marking

1) 1) 2)

G310017  0786-CPD-30126

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 und VSN 1230)
2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 860050: Makrofon

Maintenance
see product information makrofon part no. 871828

Spare parts
Union GE 6-PSR-ED A3 ....................................................125578
Bracket (large) ..................................................................888619
2x Hex. screw DIN933 M6X16-8.8 gal Zn ..........................206261
2x Spring lock washer DIN128-A6-A4 .............................905383
2x Hex. nut DIN934-M6-gal Zn .........................................249230

Designation Part no. Weight

Makrofon 860050 1.15 kg (2.54 lbs)

Technical data Note

Operating medium .................................................CO2, gaseous For indoor use only
Temperature range .....................-20 to +300 °C (-4 to +572 °F)
Working pressure .............8 bar to 70 bar (116 psi to 1015 psi) Not included in delivery
...............................overpressure-proof up to 140 bar (2030 psi) Clamping bolt for wall mounting
Consumption at constant 70 bar .......................CO2, 147 g/min silencer makrofon ..................................877120, see alarm device
Consumption by using a CO2 pilot cylinder (falling pressure)
.....................approx. 2350 g / 30 min, approx. 2950 g / 60 min Included in delivery
Connection .........................for precision drawn steel pipe 6 x 1 Makrofon with bracket (small and large)
Installation position ......................sound outlet points downward Product information makrofon part no. 871828
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Makrofon ......................................complies with EN 12094-12

CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
.................................................................................No 305/2011

Application
The makrofon is a pneumatically operated acoustic alarm
device for the use in stationary gas extinguishing systems
accordance with the system approval.
This alarm device warns persons being present prior to floo-
ding of the area with extinguishing gas by a loud sound and
constant frequency.
Caution: At operating pressure the makrofon generates
211-410_101 / AI02_2015en

at a distance of 1 m a sound level which may cause hea-

ring disorder.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 99
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Alarm device

Makrofon

A-weighted sound pressure level over the pressure range

without silencer
with silencer
[dB(A)]

sound pressure level [dB(A)]

sound pressure level

pressure [bar] pressure [bar]

Note: The above shown curves were determined in the laboratory. Due to the influencing factors given in situ, the real values may deviate
from the curves.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Makrofon dimensions and bracket (large) dimensions
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-410_101 / AI02_2015en

material: stainless steel

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 100
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Alarm device

Silencer makrofon MX-1 Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 877120: Schalldämpfer Makrofon MX-1

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Silencer makrofon MX-1 877120 0.12 kg (0.26 lbs)

Technical data
Material ................................................................stainless steel

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-410_002 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 101
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Release device EM Approvals

1) 2) 2) 3)


1) Part of the system approval (release device 24 V DC only):
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD200 (S315012)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD300 (S315013)
2)
Listed system for release device 24 V DC only
covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and
covered by UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
3)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
release device EM 24 V DC only

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885738: Release device EM 24V-DC

Maintenance
see operating instruction release device EM, part no. 885744

Designation Part no. Weight

24 V DC 885738
Release device EM 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs)
230 V AC 885739
4) Release device EM 230 V AC without approval

Technical data Functional description

Temperature range The solenoid of the release device EM is triggered by an elec-
Solenoid .......... .....................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) trical signal whereby the spring loaded release bolt is unloc-
Magnetic force ....................................................................44 N ked. The release bolt pushes against the lever of the valve,
Switching duration ............................................................100 % which turns around by approx. 90°.
Voltage ................................24 V DC (18 - 28 V DC) / 230 V AC
Current ...............................................................1.04 A / 0.12 A Included in delivery
Stroke ......................................................................9 mm (0.35") Release device EM with fastening material
IP code ................................................................................IP 54 Operating instruction release device EM part no. 885744
(by accordingly covering of the pull and pressure rod side) Additionally for release device EM 24 V DC:
- Card MVA LÖ ..............................................................782239
Application - Product information card MVA LÖ ...............................904653
The release device EM may be used only in accordance with
the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” in fixed
Not included in delivery
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55 and IG-541fire extinguishing

Reset tool for release device EM ......885530, see control device
systems. It is used for electrical release of lever valve.
Bracket for reset tool release device EM .......886367, see control device
Monitoring for release device EM ....885740, see monitoring device
Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
211-420_103 / AI04_2017en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 102
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Reset tool for release device EM Approvals

and bracket for reset tool no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885530: Reset tool release device EM

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Weight
Designation Part no.
kg (lbs)

Reset tool for release device EM 885530 0.31 (0.68)

Bracket for reset tool 886367 0.32 (0.71)

Technical data
Bracket for reset tool release device EM ..........steel, galvanized

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Reset tool for release device EM

Bracket for reset tool release device EM

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-420_004 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 103
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Lever - cylinder valve Approvals

EM-release no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885603: Lever EM-release

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Weight
Style Designation Part no. Application
kg (lbs)
CO2 / Ar single cylinder system,
1 Lever - cylinder valve EM-release 885603 0.08 (0.04)
pilot control valve DN15
PAE - CO2 - electrical,
2 Lever - cylinder valve EM-release D=25 915159 0.08 (0.04)
pilot cylinder

Technical data
Material style 1 ................................................................brass
style 2 .........................................................aluminium

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Style 1 Style 2
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-420_006 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 104
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Adapter connection CO2 Approvals

DN4 and DN8 no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 827325: Adapter connection CO2-ERMETO

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Spare parts
Flat gasket 18.5 x 13 x 2 part no. 149970

Weight
Designation Part no.
kg (lbs)
DN4 827325 0.13 (0.29)
Adapter connection CO2
DN8 855425 0.14 (0.31)

Technical data Application

Operating medium ................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), - for the connection of precision-drawn steel pipe at CO2 pilot
..........................IG-55, IG-541, carbon dioxide (CO2) / gaseous cylinder or extinguishing agent cylinder
Working pressure ...........................................200 bar (2900 psi) - connection of the cylinder valve to test connection LCP or to
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) pressure reducer 200/10 bar N2 (Oxeo inert gas extinguishing
Material .....................................................................brass, steel system with ConstantFlow HD300-LCP)

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Nominal
S1 S2 øD
diameter
DN4 SW14 6 (0.24)
SW30
DN8 SW19 10 (0.39)
211-420_007 / AI02_2017en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 105
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Safety device malfunction pressure Approvals

SFD DN4 1)
2) 2) 3)


1) Part of the system approval:
- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD200 (S315012)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD300 (S315013)
- CO2 extinguishing system ND-1 (S398012), electrical release
- CO2 extinguishing system ND-2 (S398013), non-electrical release
- Oxeo Nitrogen low pressure extinguishing system (S310016)
- VSN 1230 (S314012) / VSN 200 (S313007)

2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

3)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 885869: Safety device malfunction pressure SFD DN4

Maintenance
see Product information safety device malfunction pressure
SFD DN4 part no. 885867

Designation Part no. Weight

Safety device malfunction pressure SFD DN4 885869 0.15 kg (0.33 lbs)

Technical data Included in delivery

Operating medium ................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), Safety device malfunction pressure SFD DN4
........................IG-55, IG-541, carbon dioxide (CO2) / gaseous, Product information safety device malfunction pressure SFD
..............................................................HFC 227 ea, FK 5-1-12 DN4 part no. 885867
Working pressure .......................................... 140 bar (2030 psi)
Test pressure ................................................. 210 bar (3045 psi) Not included in delivery
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) Unions and pipe for extinguishing pipework and pilot pipes
Connection DN4 ........................................................pipe 6 x 1 see page 2/2
Installation position ....................................vertical, see page 2
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Material / Surface Dimension drawing

Housing ..............................................................................brass Dimensions in mm (inch)
Gasket .................................................................................NBR
Ball ...................................................................................1.4301

Application
The safety device malfunction pressure is used in accordance
with the project-specific system schema in fixed fire extin-
guishing systems. The safety device malfunction pressure
is intended only for releasing small amounts of leakage in
pneumatic pilot lines. The safety device closes automatically
211-420_108 / AI03_2016en

on higher pressure.

Note
The safety device malfunction pressure has to be installed
upright into the pilot lines as well an installation nearby a
potential leakage (e.g. pilot gas tank) is recommended.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 106
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Safety device malfunction pressure

SFD DN4

Installations examples

Not included in delivery

Item 1: Union EVT 06 S A3C ..............................part no. 886406
Item 2: Pipe 6 x 1 mm (0.236 x 0.039 inch) ........part no. 823563
Item 3: Union T 6-PLA3C ..................................part no. 125633
Item 4: Union GZR06L/06SCF .........................part no. 910650
Item 5: Union EW 06 L CF .................................part no. 889145
Item 6: Adapter M12x1.5 – G1/8 .......................part no. 887644
(for release device pneumatic or pneumatic/manual)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-420_108 / AI03_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 107
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Pilot control manifold CO2 - DN15 Approvals

1) 2) 2) 3)


1) Part of the system approval:
- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD200 (S315012)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD300 (S315013)
- CO2 extinguishing system ND-1 (S398012), electrical release
- VSN 1230 (S314012) / VSN 200 (S313007)

2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

3) Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
parts will be delivered individually
e.g. part no. 830778: Pilot control manifold CO2 - DN15 - 2

Maintenance
see technical description pilot control manifold DN15
part no. 876772

Weight Weight
Branches Part no. approx. Branches Part no. approx.
kg (lbs) kg (lbs)

2 830778 9.7 (21.4) 9 830912 39.3 (86.6)

3 830791 14.2 (31.3) 10 830936 42.7 (94.1)
4 830808 17.7 (39.0) 11 830950 47.3 (104.3)
5 830833 22.2 (48.9) 12 830973 51.8 (114.2)
6 830857 26.8 (59.1) 13 830985 55.2 (121.7)
7 830870 30.2 (66.6) 14 830997 59.8 (131.8)
8 830894 34.7 (76.5) 15 834115 64.3 (141.8)

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ......................................carbon dioxide (CO2) The release device EM is triggered by an electrical activation.
Working pressure ...........................................140 bar (2030 psi) The release bolt of the release device is released and
Test pressure ..................................................235 bar (3408 psi) actuates the valve lever, which turns around by approx. 90°
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) and opens the valve.
Connected voltage ........................................................24 V DC The safety valve prevents an undue exceeding of the

operating pressure.
Product sheets also applying

Safety valve G1/2 - 140 bar .....................886282, see safety valve Included in delivery
Argon cylinder valve K85-20.0-S49 ......871014, see cylinder valve Pilot control manifold CO2 - DN15 (not pre-assembled)
Lever - cylinder valve ...........................885603, see control device Techn. description pilot control manifold DN15 part no. 876772
Release device EM 24 V DC ................885738, see control device Installation drawing pilot control manifold DN15 part no. 827301

Application Not included in delivery

The pilot control manifold DN 15 may only be used in Connection to valve:
accordance with system approval in stationary CO2, argon, Adapter for connecting CO2 - Ermeto DN4 .................827325
nitrogen, IG-55, IG-541 and VSN 1230/200 fire extinguishing DN8 .................855425
211-420_110 / AI04_2017en

systems. It is used as a pilot control valve in the pneumatic Monitoring for release device EM ...885740, see monitoring device
activation of fire extinguishing systems or as a CO2 extinguis-
hing agent manifold for small design quantity, for example
local protection for electrical devices.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 108
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Pilot control manifold CO2 - DN15

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: B

(~6.7)
~170
~280 (~11.0)

Union
GE 15-PLR-ED
A

~120 150 ~130 150 150

(~4.7) (5.9) (~5.1) (5.9) (5.9)

Section: A-A

Branches L

2 340 (13.4)
3 490 (19.3)
~260 (~10.2)

4 620 (24.4)
5 770 (30.3)
~230 (~9.1)
6 920 (36.2)
W21.8x1/14"-DIN477
7 1050 (41.3)
8 1200 (47.2)
G1/2 9 1350 (53.2)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

DIN ISO 228

10 1480 (58.3)
11 1630 (64.2)
12 1780 (70.1)
13 1910 (75.2)
14 2060 (81.1)
15 2210 (87.0)
211-420_110 / AI04_2017en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 109
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Disable device complete Approvals / CE marking

1) 1) 2)

G301010  0786-CPD-30007

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 878070: Disable device complete

Maintenance
see product information disable device complete
part no. 878069

Designation Part no. Weight

Disable device complete 878070 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)

Technical data
Operating medium ...........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), To block the pilot pipe, the padlock is removed and the handle
...............................................................................IG-55, IG-541 of the ball valve turned clockwise to the stop. The ball valve is
Working pressure ...................................... 140 bar (2030 psi) then locked in position by fastening the padlock in the eyelet
Nominal diameter .................................................................DN6 so that the marking „Blockiert“ (isolation) is visible.
Connection threads .....................................................M12 x 1.5 The resetting of the ready status is carried out in reversed
Temperature range ........................................-30 °C to +80 °C order so that the marking "Betrieb" (operating) is visible
Connection ..........................................cone for 6 mm steel pipe again. For monitoring the operating and isolation position a
Disable device .................................complies with EN 12094-6 limit switch for every position must be mounted (not included
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) in delivery).
................................................................................No. 305/2011
Included in delivery
Application Disable device type DN6 .................................................885375
The disable device may only be used in accordance with Padlock 635/40 ................................................................131777
system approval in stationary CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55, Retainer shuttle valve ......................................................873497
IG-541 or in VSN 1230/200 fire extinguishing systems. 2x Cap nut M 6-L A3C .....................................................173959
The disable device is corresponding to the german rules BGR 2x Progressive ring DPR 6-L/S-A3D ................................208208
134 of the workmen compensations board, a non electrical Product information disable device complete .................878069
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

disable device to lock Argotec® extinguishing fire system. It as well as fastening material
prevents the extinguishing agent to be released in the extin-
guishing area. For repair or maintenance work in the protec- Not included in delivery
ted area, when the system can be activated unintentionally or The following must be ordered separately for monitoring of
people can not leave the area within the pre - warning time, each ball valve position:
the extinguishing Limit switch type ZS 256-11Z ...........828482, see monitoring device
system must be blocked. 2x Cheese-head screw DIN84-M4x25-brass ...................106745
2x Washer DIN125-B 4,3 brass ......................................109734
Functional description
The ball valve enables the pilot pipe to be shut off.
At the same time the pilot pipe is vented to preclude an un-
controlled rise of pressure.
211-420_112 / AI03_2016en

When the system is in normal operation the ball valve is loc-

ked with a padlock in the eyelet so that the marking „Betrieb“
(operation) is visible.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 110
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Disable device complete

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

P&ID symbol

A = Output
B = Venting
P = Input
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-420_112 / AI03_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 111
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Shuttle non-return valves WRV Approvals / CE marking

DN4 and DN8 1) 1) 2)

G303002  0786-CPD-30008

1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and

UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 886247: Shuttle non-return valve WRV 4

Maintenance
see product information shuttle non-return valve
part no. 886246

DN Part no. For pipe Weight

4 886247 6x1 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs)

8 886248 10 x 1 0.24 kg (0.53 lbs)

Technical data Application

Operating medium ..................carbon dioxide (CO2) - gaseous The shuttle non-return valve is used in fixed high pressure
.........................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 CO2, argon, nitrogen, IG-55 and IG-541 fire extinguishing
Working pressure ..........................2 to 140 bar (29 to 2030 psi) systems or in VSN 1230/200 fire extinguishing systems
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) according the system approval.
Rate of pressure rise ............................min. 3 bar/s (43,5 psi/s)
Installation position .............................feedings only horizontal Functional description
Shuttle non-return valves ...............complies with EN 12094-13 The shuttle non-return valve for the pneumatic control allows
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU) the differential directly control of pneumatic
................................................................................No. 305/2011 units with two pressure sources.

Material / Surface Included in delivery

Housing .....................................................................aluminium Shuttle non-return valves WRV
Gasket ................................................................................NBR Product information shuttle non-return valve part no. 886246
Ball .......................................................................stainless steel
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
211-420_113 / AI03_2016en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 112
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Shuttle non-return valve block Approvals

see shuttle non-return valves MX-WRV

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 873850: Shuttle non-return valve block 4/1

Maintenance
see product information shuttle non-return valve block
part no. 873849
parts will be delivered individually

Weight
Designation Inputs / Outputs Part no.
kg (lbs)
4/1 873850 1.5 (3.3)
5/1 873862 2.0 (4.4)
Shuttle non-return valve block 6/1 873874 2.5 (5.5)
7/1 873886 3.0 (6.6)
8/1 873898 3.5 (7.7)

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ..................carbon dioxide (CO2) - gaseous The shuttle non- return valve blocks allows the differential
.........................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 directly control of pneumatic units with several pressure
Working pressure ..........................2 to 140 bar (29 to 2030 psi) sources.
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi)
Rate of pressure rise ............................min. 3 bar/s (43,5 psi/s) Included in delivery
Connection DN4 ........................................................pipe 6 x 1 Shuttle non-return valve block
Installation position .............................feedings only horizontal (delivered in individual components)
Product inform. shuttle non-return valve block part no. 873849
Application
The shuttle non- return valve blocks are used in accordance
with system approval in stationary high pressure CO2, argon,
nitrogen, IG-55, IG-541 fire extinguishing systems.

Dimension drawing
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimensions in mm (inch)

Inputs /
L
Outputs

4/1 155 (6.1)

5/1 180 (7.1)
6/1 205 (8.1)
211-420_014 / AI02_2016en

7/1 230 (9.1)

8/1 255 (10.0)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 113
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Control device pneumatic SEP-2 Approvals

1) 2)

1) Part of the system approval Argotec HD-1

2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and
UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
part no. 827878: Control unit pneumatic SEP-2

Maintenance
see product information SEP-2 part no. 827751

Weight
Designation Part no.
approx.

Control device pneumatic SEP-2 827878 3.8 kg (8.4 lbs)

Technical data Included in delivery

Operating medium ......................................carbon dioxide (CO2) Control device pneumatic SEP-2 with
Working pressure ...................................max. 140 bar (2030 psi) Fastening material (4x dowel S7, 4x wood screw 5x30)
Dimensions (W x H x D) ...................................220 x 220 x 120 Product information SEP-2 part no. 827751
Finish .......................RAL7032 - pebble grey, stove enammelled
Thread connection .............for precision-drawn steel pipe 6 x 1 Not included in delivery
Limit switch ZS 256-11z ................................see monitoring device Fixing lever FD 15 .......................................................870393
(ease of installation of the control device at wall)
Application
The pneumatic control device SEP-2 may be used only in accor-
dance with system approval in stationary CO2, argon, nitrogen,
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

IG-55, IG-541 fire extinguishing systems. It installed in the pilot

pipe to the cylinder rack.

Functional description
The pneumatic control device is used in stationary gas extin-
guishing systems as a manual switch-over device to be able to
activate a main or a standby battery alternative.
Both ball valve positions are monitored electrically by means
of limit switch. After actuation of the main battery (fire case) the
ball valve must be turned in position “standby battery”.
211-420_015 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 114
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Control device pneumatic SEP-2-B Approvals

2)
component without VdS approval
blocking and without CE according to
1)

Construction Products Directive

1) Caution:
This control device is no longer admissible as disable device for sta-
tionary fire fighting plants with gaseous fire extinguishing agents in the
European Economic Area.
2)
Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and
UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
part no. 827933: Control unit pneumatic SEP-2-B

Maintenance
see product information SEP-2-B part no. 827957

Weight
Designation Part no.
approx.

Control device pneumatic SEP-2-B 827933 3.8 kg (8.4 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Operating medium ......................................carbon dioxide (CO2) Fixing lever FD 15 ................................::.......................870393
Working pressure ...................................max. 140 bar (2030 psi) (ease of installation of the control device at wall)
Dimensions (W x H x D) ...................................220 x 220 x 120
Finish .......................RAL7032 - pebble grey, stove enammelled if a second limit switch is to be used to indicate the disabled state:
Thread connection .............for precision-drawn steel pipe 6 x 1 Limit switch ZS 256-11z ...................828482,see monitoring device
Limit switch ZS 256-11z ................................see monitoring device 2 x cheese-head screw DIN84-M4x25-brass ..................106745
2 x washer DIN125-B 4.3 brass .....................................109734
Application
The pneumatic control device SEP-2-B may be used only in
accordance with system approval in stationary CO2, argon, ni-
trogen, IG-55 and IG-541 fire extinguishing systems. It installed
in the pilot pipe to the selector valve.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Functional description
The pneumatic control device is used in stationary gas extin-
guishing systems as a pneumatic blocking device.
With this device it is possible to block the pneumatic actuation
of a selector valve and simultaneously ensuring that there will
be no accidental pressure rise by venting the pilot pipe.
To achieve this the valve lever must be turned anticlockwise into
the position "Isolation". The mode of operation will be supervised
with limit switch.

Included in delivery
211-420_016 / AI01_2015en

Control device pneumatic SEP-2-B with

Fastening material (4x dowel S7, 4x wood screw 5x30)
Product information SEP-2-B part no. 827957

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 115
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Solenoid valve 2/2-ways compl. Approvals

0 - 150 bar, NW1.5 1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)
- MX 1230 (S308003) / MX 200 (S307004)

SAP designation
part no. 887378: Solenoid valve compl. 2/2-way 0-150bar

Maintenance
see product information solenoid valve compl. part no. 887395

Designation Part no. Weight

Solenoid valve 2/2-ways compl. 0 - 150 bar, NW1.5 887378 0.66 kg (1.46 lbs)

Technical data Application

Type ...................................................................................SV 04 The solenoid valve compl. may only be used in accordance with
Operating medium ..........CO2, argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100) system approval for electrical actuation of selector valves in
Medium temperature .........-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) stationary CO2, argon and nitrogen fire extinguishing systems.
Ambient temperature ...........-20 °C to +40 °C (-4 °F to +104 °F)
Nominal diameter .................................................1.5 mm (0.06") Functional description
permissible working pressure ............0 - 150 bar (0 - 2175 psi) The solenoid valve compl. is normally closed. It opens when
Connections ..................for precisions-drawn steel pipe 10 x 1 an electric voltage is applied. The solenoid valve is fitted with
Position of device ........................................................as desired a filter on the inlet side in order to prevent contamination of the
Resting position ...........................................NC, normally closed valve seat.

Electrical data Not included in delivery

Magnet coil ...........................................M20 in acc. to VDE 0580 Solenoid valve 2/2-ways compl. 0 - 150 bar, NW1.5
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Electr. connection ...............connector plug in acc. to DIN 43650 Product information solenoid valve compl. part no. 887395
IP code ...............................................................................IP54
Voltage ........................................................................24 V / DC
Power ................................................................................14 W
Power consumption ........................................................0.58 A
Duration of operation ......................................................100 %

Material / Surface
Housing ..............................................................................brass
Internal parts .........................................................stainless steel
Gaskets ..................................................................polyurethane
Unions ..............................................................steel, galvanized
211-420_017 / AI02_2016en

Filter ...................................................................sintered bronze

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 116
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Solenoid valve 2/2-ways compl.

0 - 150 bar, NW1.5

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: A P&ID symbol

1 = Pressure connection
2 = Operating connection
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-420_017 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 117
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Door release unit FH and Approvals

angle bracket door release unit FH no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 779443: Door release unit FH

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Door release FH 779443 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs)

Angle bracket door release FH 810588 2.7 kg (6.0 lbs)

Caution Included in delivery

The door release unit type FH is not a hold-open system or Cylinder ø25 x H30 ..............................227303, see control device
a door hold-open system in terms of German building law. It Bracket for door release FH ............................................779420
is not allowed to keep open doors which are classified as fire Ratchet for door release FH .............................................775000
doors by law. Spring for door release FH ...............................................779431
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Bolt DIN1443 12H11x122x112 1.4104 ...........................769627

Technical data Chain for door release ....................................................815290
Operating medium ....................................carbon dioxide (CO2), Union GE 6-PSR-ED A3C ...............................................125578
.........................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 2x Cotter DIN94-3,2x25-Ms ............................................247323
Working pressure ..........................................140 bar (2030 psi) 4x Wood screw DIN571-8x50 gal Zn ..............................105420
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) 4x Rawl plug S10 .............................................................129493
Cylinder stroke ......................................................30 mm (1.18")
Piston ...............................................................ø25 mm (ø0.98") Not included in delivery
Temperature range ..............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Pipe 6 x 1 B-210 2394/1 ..................................M1-02-04 part 2
Material angle bracket ...DIN EN 1706 AC - AlSi10Mg(a) SF/KF
211-420_018 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 118
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Door release unit FH and

angle bracket door release unit FH

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm

Door release unit FH

Angle bracket door release unit FH

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-420_018 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 119
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Triggering unit for pneumatic pressure Approvals

relief flap no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886147: Triggering unit pneum. pressure relief flap

Maintenance
see technical description triggering unit pneumatic pressure
relief flap part no. 886146

Designation Part no. Weight

Triggering unit for pneumatic pressure relief flap 886147 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)

Technical data
Operating medium ...argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 After flooding of the enclosure has ended, the pressure in the
..........carbon dioxide (CO2) / gaseous, HFC 227 ea, FK 5-1-12 nozzle pipe system drops and at connection “A” accordingly. The
Inlet pressure ...min. 10 bar (145 psi) / max. 140 bar (2030 psi) pneumatic actuating element is vented via the pressure relief unit
Outlet pressure .........................................max. 10 bar (145 psi) and the spring-loaded pressure relief flap closes automatically
Temperature range ................-20°C to +50°C (-4 °F to 122 °F) when there is a lack of triggering pressure.
For a function check, pressurization can occur via the test
Application connection.
Enclosures protected by gas extinguishing systems are exposed Caution: property damage due to rapid pressure build-up
to overpressure during flooding. Enclosures of this type must be in fire extinguishing systems with argon, nitrogen, IG-55,
fitted with pressure relief openings in order to avoid IG-541, carbon dioxide, HFC-227ea and FK-5-1-12!
impermissible pressure loads. The pressure relief openings are, An overpressure arises immediately after release of the fire
for example, pneumatically controlled and sealed, due to spring extinguishing system. This may cause damage to the walls of
force, by means of self-closing pressure relief flaps. In order to the extinguishing zone. Make sure that the pressure relief flap
ensure pressure relief for the flooded enclosure, these pressure opens within 1 second.
relief flaps must be opened at the start of flooding and closed
once flooding is complete.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Included in delivery
The triggering unit is used to trigger pressure relief flaps in a Pressure reducer 200 bar / 10 bar ........886145, see control device
timely manner. Shuttle non-return valve MX-WRV DN4 .....886247, see control device
The triggering unit must only be used in stationary argon, Test connection pneumatic activation .......887431, see test device
nitrogen, carbon dioxide, IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea and Nozzle ARGE 1,0 ...........................................886276, see nozzle
FK-5-1-12 fire extinguishing systems Unions, see fitting pilot pipe:
- 2x GE 6-PSR-ED A3C.................................................125578
Functional description - 1x T 6-PL A3C..............................................................125633
When flooding of the enclosure begins, the triggering unit is - 1x KOR 10/6-PL A3C...................................................755260
Technical description triggering unit
211-420_019 / AI02 / 2018-Sept-25 / en

pressurized via connection “A” in the nozzle pipe system.

The triggering medium (operating medium) flows via the shuttle pneumatic pressure relief flap ........................................886146
non-return valve to the pressure reducer and from there with
reduced pressure to connection "C" of the pneumatic actuating Not included in delivery
element of the pressure relief flap. Test device pneum. control ....................................see test device
The pressure relief flap is opened and remains open until the Pipe for pilot pipes 6x1 B-210-2394/1 .......823563, see pilot pipe
requisite pressure for triggering exists in the nozzle pipe system. Pneumatic pressure relief flap .....................................................

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 120
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Control device

Triggering unit for pneumatic pressure

relief flap

Installations example

1 Test connection A: Connection to the nozzle pipe system

2 Shuttle non-return valve (min. 10 bar (145 psi) / max. 140 bar (2030 psi))
3 Pressure reducer B: Connection to the pressure relief flap
4 Pressure gauge (outlet pressure) (max. 10 bar (145 psi))
5 Pressure relief unit C: Connection for the actuating element
6 Pressure relief flap (not included in the delivery) (e.g. pneumatic cylinder) of the pressure relief flap
7 Set-screw
8 Precision steel pipe 6x1 (not included in the delivery)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-420_019 / AI02 / 2018-Sept-25 / en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 121
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 Approvals

mechanical 1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-2 (S398011)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885331: PAE-CO2-mech.-4kg kompl.

Maintenance
see operating instructions PAE-CO2 part no. 885374

Figure:
PAE - CO2 mechanical with protective cover
Fastening material not shown

Weight
Pneumatic release device Part no. Amount filled
approx.

with 4 kg 885331 4 kg (8.82 lbs) 29 kg (64 lbs)

protective cover 8 kg 885333 8 kg (17.64 lbs) 39 kg (86 lbs)
PAE - CO2 mechanical
without 4 kg 885330 4 kg (8.82 lbs) 25 kg (55 lbs)
protective cover 8 kg 885332 8 kg (17.64 lbs) 35 kg (77 lbs)

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ...............................................CO2 - gaseous The activation of the release device PAE occurs mechanically
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) (weight). Thus the toggle valve on the pilot cylinder is opened
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) and the carbon dioxide (CO2) flows through the connected pipe
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) assembly respectively the hose to the pneumatic system com-
Pilot cylinder volume ............................................5.4 l or 10.7 l ponents of the fire extinguishing system.
Thread connection ...........................for precision steel pipe 6x1 Depending on the version a 5.4 l (1.43 US.liq.gal) or 10.7 l (2.83
US.liq.gal) pilot cylinder is used.
Product sheets also applying The entire release device PAE is fastened onto a bearing
Cylinder with valve 5.4 l / 10.7 l: structural element via a U-profile.
- CO2 - Cylinder EU ............................................see cylinder filled
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder Included in delivery
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Weight for weighing device 0.16 kg / 0.3 kg .......see ad-on part cylinder Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 mechanical with
operating instructions PAE-CO2 as well as fastenings
Application
additionally for PAE with protective cover:
The release device PAE mechanical must only be used in
Protective cover PAE ......................................................885322
accordance with system approval in stationary carbon dioxide
fire extinguishing systems. The release device PAE provides Not included in delivery
all pneumatic system parts with carbon dioxide (CO2) as work Pre-assembled connection pipe ...see operating instructions PAE
medium and is used to activate: Support weighing device PAE ...886350, see mounting accessories
- Cylinder batteries Weight 8 kg .....................................................................738423
214-420_001 / AI03 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

- Selector valves Rope accessories ..............................................see control device

- Pneumatic control elements and alarm components (makrofon) Monitoring loss pneum. actuat. device ...888998, see monitoring device
- Pneumatic door closing devices Monitoring rope pneum. actuat. device ...886379, see monitoring device
- Pneumatic pressure relief dampers.

Note
Each PAE has to be installed complete with protective cover
only. Exception: If an additional protecting guard is provided (for
example enclosure).
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 122
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2

mechanical

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

PAE - CO2 mechanical with protective cover PAE - CO2 mechanical without protective cover

580 (22.83) 580 (22.83)

250 (9.84) 400 (15.75) 400 (15.75)

8 kg 1310 (51.6)
4 kg: 900 (35.4)

8 kg 1310 (51.6)
4 kg: 900 (35.4)
Connection for Connection for
precision steel pipe 6x1 precision steel pipe 6x1
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_001 / AI03 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 123
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 Approvals

electrical 1), 2)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD200 (S315012)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD300 (S315013)
- VSN 1230 (S314012) / VSN 200 (S313007)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885335: PAE-CO2-EM-4kg compl.
Figure:
PAE - CO2 electrical with protective cover Maintenance
Fastening material not shown see operating instructions PAE-CO2 part no. 885374

Weight
Pneumatic release device Part no. Amount filled
approx.

with 4 kg 885335 4 kg (8.82 lbs) 28 kg (62 lbs)

protective cover 8 kg 885341 2) 8 kg (17.64 lbs) 38 kg (84 lbs)
PAE - CO2 electrical
without 4 kg 885334 4 kg (8.82 lbs) 24 kg (53 lbs)
protective cover 8 kg 885338 8 kg (17.64 lbs) 34 kg (75 lbs)
with 4 kg 885337 2x 4 kg (2x 8.82 lbs) 48 kg (106 lbs)
PAE - CO2 electrical protective cover 8 kg 885343 2) 2x 8 kg (2x 17.64 lbs) 66 kg (146 lbs)
with reserve without 4 kg 885336 2x 4 kg (2x 8.82 lbs) 44 kg (97 lbs)
protective cover 8 kg 885342 2) 2x 8 kg (2x 17.64 lbs) 62 kg (137 lbs)
2) not listed in the Oxeo inert gas extinguishing systems

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ...............................................CO2 - gaseous The activation of the release device PAE occurs electrically
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) (release device EM). Thus the toggle valve on the pilot cylinder
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) is opened and the carbon dioxide (CO2) flows through the con-
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) nected pipe assembly respectively the hose to the pneumatic
Pilot cylinder volume ............................................5.4 l or 10.7 l system components of the fire extinguishing system.
Thread connection ...........................for precision steel pipe 6x1 Depending on the version a 5.4 l (1.43 US.liq.gal) or 10.7 l (2.83
US.liq.gal) pilot cylinder is used. The PAE with reserve has an
Product sheets also applying additional pilot cylinder (reserve). The entire release device PAE
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Cylinder with valve 5.4 l / 10.7 l: is fastened onto a bearing structural element via a U-profile.
- CO2 - Cylinder EU ............................................see cylinder filled
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder Note
Weight for weighing device 0.16 kg / 0.3 kg .......see ad-on part cylinder Each PAE has to be installed complete with protective cover
Release device EM 24 V DC ..............................see control device only. Exception: If an additional protecting guard is provided (for
Lever - cylinder valve EM release ......................see control device example enclosure).

Application Included in delivery

The release device PAE must only be used in accordance with Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 electrical with
system approval in stationary carbon dioxide, IG-01 (argon), operating instructions PAE-CO2 as well as fastenings
214-420_103 / AI04 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

IG-100 (nitrogen), IG-55-, IG-541-, VSN 1230 and VSN 200 fire additionally for PAE with protective cover:
extinguishing systems. Protective cover PAE ......................................................885322
The release device PAE provides all pneumatic system parts with
carbon dioxide (CO2) as work medium and is used to activate: Not included in delivery
- Cylinder batteries Pre-assembled connection pipe ...see operating instructions PAE
- Selector valves Support weighing device PAE ...886350, see mounting accessories
- Pneumatic control elements and alarm components (makrofon) Reset tool ............................................885530, see control device
- Pneumatic door closing devices Monitoring loss pneum. actuat. device ...888998, see monitoring device
- Pneumatic pressure relief dampers. Monitoring for release device EM .....885740, see monitoring device
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 124
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2

electrical

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

PAE - CO2 electrical with protective cover PAE - CO2 electrical without protective cover

580 (22.83) 580 (22.83)

250 (9.84) 400 (15.75) 400 (15.75)

8 kg: 1335 (52.6)

8 kg: 1335 (52.6)

4 kg: 925 ( 36.4)

4 kg: 925 ( 36.4)

Connection for
Connection for precision steel pipe 6x1
precision steel pipe 6x1

PAE - CO2 electrical with reserve with protective cover PAE - CO2 electrical with reserve without protective cover

580 (22.83) 580 (22.83)

250 (9.84) 400 (15.75) 400 (15.75)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

8 kg: 1335 (52.6)

8 kg: 1335 (52.6)

4 kg: 925 ( 36.4)

4 kg: 925 ( 36.4)

* *

* Connection for * Connection for

precision steel pipe 6x1
precision steel pipe 6x1
214-420_103 / AI04 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 125
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 Approvals

electrical FM/UL 1) 2) 3) 3)


1) Part of the system approval:
- VSN 1230 (S314012) / VSN 200 (S313007)
2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
3) Listed system covered by:
- UL-File EX6388 (CO2)
- UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
Not included e.g. part no. 911751: PAE-CO2-EM-3,6kg compl. FM/UL
Figure:
in delivery: PAE - CO2 electrical with protective cover
Cylinder with valve Fastening material not shown Maintenance
see operating instruction PAE-CO2 part no. 885374

Weight 5)
Pneumatic release device FM/UL Part no. Amount filled 4)
approx.

with 3,6 kg 911751 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs) 28 kg (62 lbs)

protective cover 7,1 kg 911759 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs) 38 kg (84 lbs)
PAE - CO2 electrical
without 3,6 kg 911750 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs) 24 kg (53 lbs)
protective cover 7,1 kg 911758 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs) 34 kg (75 lbs)
with 3,6 kg 911753 2x 3.6 kg (2x 7.9 lbs) 48 kg (106 lbs)
PAE - CO2 electrical protective cover 7,1 kg 911761 2x 7.1 kg (2x 15.7 lbs) 66 kg (146 lbs)
with reserve without 3,6 kg 911752 2x 3.6 kg (2x 7.9 lbs) 44 kg (97 lbs)
protective cover 7,1 kg 911760 2x 7.1 kg (2x 15.7 lbs) 62 kg (137 lbs)
4) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery
5) Weight: PAE compl. with cylinder
Technical data Functional description
Operating medium ...............................................CO2 - gaseous The activation of the release device PAE occurs electrically
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) (release device EM). Thus the toggle valve on the pilot cylinder
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) is opened and the carbon dioxide (CO2) flows through the con-
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) nected pipe assembly respectively the hose to the pneumatic
Pilot cylinder volume ............................................5.4 l or 10.7 l system components of the fire extinguishing system.
Thread connection ...........................for precision steel pipe 6x1 Depending on the version a 5.4 l (1.43 US.liq.gal) or 10.7 l (2.83
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

US.liq.gal) pilot cylinder is used. The PAE with reserve has an

Product sheets also applying additional pilot cylinder (reserve). The entire release device PAE
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder is fastened onto a bearing structural element via a U-profile.
Weight for weighing device 0.16 kg / 0.3 kg .......see ad-on part cylinder
Release device EM 24 V DC ..............................see control device Note
Lever - cylinder valve EM release ......................see control device Each PAE has to be installed complete with protective cover
only. Exception: If an additional protecting guard is provided (for
Application example enclosure).
The release device PAE must only be used in accordance with
system approval in stationary carbon dioxide, IG-01 (argon), Included in delivery
214-420_107 / AI04 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

IG-100 (nitrogen), VSN 1230 and VSN 200 fire extinguishing Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 electrical with adapter
systems. The release device PAE provides all pneumatic system connection NPT (911762), operating instructions PAE-CO2
parts with carbon dioxide (CO2) as work medium and is used as well as fastenings
to activate: additionally for PAE with protective cover:
- Cylinder batteries Protective cover PAE ......................................................885322
- Selector valves
- Pneumatic control elements and alarm components (makrofon)
- Pneumatic door closing devices
- Pneumatic pressure relief dampers.
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 126
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2

electrical with protective cover, FM/UL

Not included in delivery

Cylinder with valve 5.4 l / 10.7 l:
- CO2 - Cylinder UL, EU .....................................see cylinder filled
Pre-assembled connection pipe ...see operating instructions PAE
Support weighing device PAE ...886350, see mounting accessories
Reset tool ............................................885530, see control device
Monitoring loss pneum. actuat. device ...888998, see monitoring device
Monitoring for release device EM .....885740, see monitoring device

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

PAE - CO2 electrical with protective cover PAE - CO2 electrical without protective cover

580 (22.83) 580 (22.83)

250 (9.84) 400 (15.75) 400 (15.75)

7.1 kg: 1335 (52.6)
3.6 kg: 925 ( 36.4)

7.1 kg: 1335 (52.6)

3.6 kg: 925 ( 36.4)

Connection for Connection for

precision steel pipe 6x1 precision steel pipe 6x1

PAE - CO2 electrical with reserve with protective cover PAE - CO2 electrical without reserve with protective cover

580 (22.83) 580 (22.83)

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

250 (9.84) 400 (15.75) 400 (15.75)

7.1 kg: 1335 (52.6)
3.6 kg: 925 ( 36.4)
7.1 kg: 1335 (52.6)
3.6 kg: 925 ( 36.4)

* *
214-420_107 / AI04 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

* Connection for * Connection for

precision steel pipe 6x1
precision steel pipe 6x1

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 127
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 Approvals

electrical DOT FM/UL 1) 2) 3) 3)


1) Part of the system approval:
- VSN 1230 (S314012) / VSN 200 (S313007)
2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
3) Listed system covered by:
- UL-File EX6388 (CO2)
- UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
Not included
part no. 911755: PAE-CO2-EM-6,8kg compl. DOT FM/UL
Figure:
in delivery:
Cylinder with valve
PAE - CO2 electrical with protective cover Maintenance
Fastening material not shown
see operating instructions PAE-CO2 part no. 885374

Weight 5)
Pneumatic release device DOT FM/UL Part no. Amount filled 4)
approx.

with protective cover 911755 38 kg (84 lbs)

PAE - CO2 electrical 6.8 kg (15.0 lbs)
without protective cover 911754 34 kg (75 lbs)

PAE - CO2 electrical with protective cover 911757 66 kg (146 lbs)

2x 6.8 kg (2x 15.0 lbs)
with reserve without protective cover 911756 62 kg (137 lbs)
4) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery
5) Weight: PAE compl. with cylinder

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ...............................................CO2 - gaseous The activation of the release device PAE occurs electrically
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) (release device EM). Thus the toggle valve on the pilot cylinder
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) is opened and the carbon dioxide (CO2) flows through the con-
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F) nected pipe assembly respectively the hose to the pneumatic
Pilot cylinder volume .................................10.7 l (2.83 US.liq.gal) system components of the fire extinguishing system.
Thread connection ...........................for precision steel pipe 6x1 The PAE with reserve has an additional pilot cylinder (reserve).
The entire release device PAE is fastened onto a bearing struc-
Product sheets also applying tural element via a U-profile.
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder
Weight for weighing device 0.3 kg ...................see ad-on part cylinder Included in delivery
Release device EM 24 V DC ..............................see control device Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 electrical with adapter
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Lever - cylinder valve EM release ......................see control device connection NPT (911762), operating instructions PAE-CO2
as well as fastenings
Application
additionally for PAE with protective cover:
The release device PAE must only be used in accordance with
Protective cover PAE ......................................................885322
system approval in stationary carbon dioxide, IG-01 (argon),
IG-100 (nitrogen), VSN 1230 and VSN 200 fire extinguishing Not included in delivery
systems. The release device PAE provides all pneumatic system Cylinder with valve 10.7 l:
parts with carbon dioxide (CO2) as work medium and is used - CO2 - Cylinder DOT - UL .........................................................
to activate: (Filled DOT cylinders may not be transported in Europe)
214-420_111 / AI04 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

- Cylinder batteries Pre-assembled connection pipe ...see operating instructions PAE

- Selector valves Support weighing device PAE ...886350, see mounting accessories
- Pneumatic control elements and alarm components (makrofon) Reset tool ............................................885530, see control device
- Pneumatic door closing devices Monitoring loss pneum. actuat. device ...888998, see monitoring device
- Pneumatic pressure relief dampers. Monitoring for release device EM .....885740, see monitoring device
Note
Each PAE has to be installed complete with protective cover
only. Exception: If an additional protecting guard is provided (for
example enclosure).
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 128
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2

electrical DOT FM/UL

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

PAE - CO2 electrical with protective cover PAE - CO2 electrical without protective cover

580 (22.83) 580 (22.83)

250 (9.84) 400 (15.75) 400 (15.75)

1335 (52.6)

1335 (52.6)
Connection for Connection for
precision steel pipe 6x1 precision steel pipe 6x1

PAE - CO2 electrical with reserve with protective cover PAE - CO2 electrical without reserve with protective cover

580 (22.83) 580 (22.83)

250 (9.84) 400 (15.75) 400 (15.75)

1335 (52.6)
1335 (52.6)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

* *

* Connection for * Connection for

precision steel pipe 6x1
precision steel pipe 6x1
214-420_111 / AI04 / 2018-Sept-17 / en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 129
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - S Approvals / CE marking

electrical, without protective cover 1)

1) Conformity in acc. with 94/9/EC (ATEX):

- x II 2G IIB T4 X

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 922297: PAE-CO2-Ex-S-5.4 l

Maintenance
Not included in delivery: see operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex part no. 921641
Cylinder with valve

Fastening material not shown

Weight
Designation Part no. 2) Amount filled
approx.

5.4 l 922297 1x 3.6 kg (2x 7.9 lbs) 24 kg (53 lbs)

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - S
electrical, without protective cover
10.7 l 922298 1x 7.1 kg (2x 15.7 lbs) 35 kg (77 lbs)

2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ...............................................CO2 - gaseous The release device PAE is triggered electrically. In the event
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) of being triggered, the solenoid unit opens and carbon dioxide
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) (CO2) is discharged from the pilot cylinder, via the connection
Pilot cylinder volume ............................................5.4 l or 10.7 l set, to the release cylinder. The release cylinder actuates the
Temperature range ...................-20 °C to 40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) cylinder valve on the pilot cylinder and the CO2 flows through
Thread connection ...........................for precision steel pipe 6x1 the connected hose and through the pipeline to the pneumatic
Nominal voltage electrical coil .............................24 V DC ±10 % system parts of the fire extinguishing system.
Nominal power electrical coil ...............................................8 W Depending on requirements, one 5.4 l (1.43 US.liq.gal) or one
Duty ratio electrical coil ......................................................100 % 10.7 l (2.83 US.liq.gal) pilot cylinder is used.
The entire release device PAE is fastened to a load-bearing
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Product sheets also applying building section via a U‑profile and must be connected to the
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder potential equalization system of the building.
Weight for weighing device 0.16 kg / 0.3 kg ...see ad-on part cylinder
Shuttle non-return valves MX-WRV ..................see control device Note
Hose DN4x... MX PH300 ..............................see ad-on part cylinder The release device PAE must only be used in potentially
explosive areas of group x II 2G IIB T4 X.
Application - x Logo
The release device PAE is used in stationary carbon dioxide, - II Device group
IG-01, IG-100, IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea and FK-5-1-12 fire - 2 Device category
extinguishing systems. The release device PAE must only be - G Type of explosive atmosphere: Gases
(Devices with the marking "II 2G" are only intended to be used in areas in
used within the set parameters and the descriptions in accor-
which it is to be expected that an explosive atmosphere comprised of a
dance with operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex. mixture of air and gases will occasionally occur.)
214-420_029 / AI00_2016en

The release device PAE provides all pneumatic system parts - IIB Explosion group
with carbon dioxide (CO2) as work medium and is used to - T4 Temperature class
activate: - X Special conditions for safe use
Cylinder batteries, selector valves, pneumatic control elements (see operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex)
and alarm components (makrofon), pneumatic door closing
devices and pneumatic pressure relief dampers.
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 130
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - S

electrical, without protective cover

Marking Included in delivery

- Typ (PAE-CO2-Ex-S-5,4 l / PAE-CO2-Ex-S-10,7 l) Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - S compl. with
- Part no. (922297 / 922298) Adapter connection NPT ................................................911762
- Operating temperature (-20 / 40 °C) Operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex (de) ......................921640
- Serial number Operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex (en) ......................921641
- Year of construction (MM/YY) as well as fastenings
- Working pressure (140 bar)
- Approval (x II 2G IIB T4 X; e ) Not included in delivery
- Company (address, telephone, fax, internet) Cylinder with valve 5.4 l / 10.7 l:
- CO2 - Cylinder K85Ex EU ...............................see cylinder filled
Note Support weighing device PAE ....886350, see mounting accessories
In accordance with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), if the
commissioning is done outside the German speech area
a translation of the product information and the operating
instructions has to be delivered in the specific language of the
country. This must be noted also for the product sale.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

approx. 815 (32.1)

700 (27.56)
250 (9.84) 600 (23.62)
h

h
Maße in mm
ISO 13715
Maße in mm 1 mm = 1000 µm = 0.0393701 inch 1 L1=mm
ISO 1302 ISO 13715 ISO 1302
0.001
= 1000
m³ = µm
61.01281
= 0.0393701
cubic inch
PAE
inch 11barL ==0.001
14.50377
m³ =psi
61.01281 cubic inch 1 bar = 14.50377 psi

approx.
dimensions in mm dimensions in mm
1 mm = 0.00328084 foot 1 L1=mm
0.0353083
= 0.00328084
cubic foot °F1 =L °C
= 0.0353083
x 1.8 + 32 cubic foot °F = °C x 1.8 + 32
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Maßstab zul. Abweichung Oberfläche

Maßstab zul. Abweichung
Werkstoff Oberfläche Werkstoff Gewicht Gewicht
scale allowed tolerance finish
scale allowed tolerance
material finish material weight weight

1:5 1:5

5,4 l 960 (37.8)

DOK-ID: 100066771

DOK-ID: 100066771

Workflow Artikel-Nr.Workflow BenennungArtikel-Nr. Benennung

part no. description part no. description
PD-Bearbeitung PD-Bearbeitung
PAE-CO2-EX-S PAE-CO2-EX-S
PAE-CO2-EX-S PAE-CO2-EX-S
Datum Datum
date Name date Name
06.08.15 KoehlerMa 06.08.15 KoehlerMa
10,7 l 1340 (52.8)
Ursprung Ursprung
origin origin
Bearb.
progress 10.12.15 KoehlerMa Bearb.
progress 10.12.15 KoehlerMa Dokumenten-Nr.
document no.
Dokumenten-Nr.
Sprache
language
document no.
Sprache
language

100063269 100063269
Gepr. Gepr.
checked checked Blatt Blatt
DIN A3

DIN A3

00 ES15-062 Freigabe
approval 00 ES15-062 Freigabe
approval
page 1/1 page 1/1
Änderung Änderung
Rev. modification Vers. 01 Rev. modification Vers. 01
Schutzvermerk Proprietary notice
ISO 16016 beachten!Schutzvermerk ISOpursuant to ISO 16016
16016 beachten! Proprietary
to be observed!
notice pursuant to ISO 16016 to be observed!
214-420_029 / AI00_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 131
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - M/R Approvals / CE marking

electrical, without protective cover, with reserve 1)

1) Conformity in acc. with 94/9/EC (ATEX):

- x II 2G IIB T4 X

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 921637: PAE-CO2-Ex-M/R-5.4 l

Maintenance
Not included in delivery: see operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex part no. 921641
Cylinder with valve

Fastening material not shown

Weight
Designation Part no. 2) Amount filled
approx.

5.4 l 921637 2x 3.6 kg (2x 7.9 lbs) 40 kg (88 lbs)

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - M/R
electrical, without protective cover, with reserve
10.7 l 921638 2x 7.1 kg (2x 15.7 lbs) 63 kg (139 lbs)

2) Cylinder with valve are not included in delivery

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ...............................................CO2 - gaseous The release device PAE is triggered electrically. In the event
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) of being triggered, the solenoid unit opens and carbon dioxide
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) (CO2) is discharged from the pilot cylinder, via the connection
Pilot cylinder volume ............................................5.4 l or 10.7 l set, to the release cylinder. The release cylinder actuates the
Temperature range ...................-20 °C to 40 °C (-4 °F to 104 °F) cylinder valve on the pilot cylinder and the CO2 flows through
Thread connection ...........................for precision steel pipe 6x1 the connected hose and through the pipeline to the pneumatic
Nominal voltage electrical coil .............................24 V DC ±10 % system parts of the fire extinguishing system.
Nominal power electrical coil ...............................................8 W Depending on requirements, one 5.4 l (1.43 US.liq.gal) or one
Duty ratio electrical coil ......................................................100 % 10.7 l (2.83 US.liq.gal) pilot cylinder is used.
The release device PAE has a reserve cylinder. The entire
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Product sheets also applying release device PAE is fastened to a load-bearing building
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder section via a U‑profile and must be connected to the potential
Weight for weighing device 0.16 kg / 0.3 kg ...see ad-on part cylinder equalization system of the building.
Shuttle non-return valves MX-WRV ..................see control device
Hose DN4x... MX PH300 ..............................see ad-on part cylinder Note
The release device PAE must only be used in potentially
Application explosive areas of group x II 2G IIB T4 X.
The release device PAE is used in stationary carbon dioxide, - x Logo
IG-01, IG-100, IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea and FK-5-1-12 fire - II Device group
extinguishing systems. The release device PAE must only be - 2 Device category
used within the set parameters and the descriptions in accor- - G Type of explosive atmosphere: Gases
(Devices with the marking "II 2G" are only intended to be used in areas in
dance with operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex.
which it is to be expected that an explosive atmosphere comprised of a
214-420_030 / AI00_2016en

The release device PAE provides all pneumatic system parts mixture of air and gases will occasionally occur.)
with carbon dioxide (CO2) as work medium and is used to - IIB Explosion group
activate: - T4 Temperature class
Cylinder batteries, selector valves, pneumatic control elements - X Special conditions for safe use
and alarm components (makrofon), pneumatic door closing (see operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex)
devices and pneumatic pressure relief dampers.
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 132
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - M/R

electrical, without protective cover, with reserve

Marking Included in delivery

- Typ (PAE-CO2-Ex-M/R-5,4 l / PAE-CO2-Ex-M/R-10,7 l) Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 - Ex - M/R compl. with
- Part no. (921637 / 921638) Adapter connection NPT ................................................911762
- Operating temperature (-20 / 40 °C) Operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex (de) ......................921640
- Serial number Operating instructions PAE-CO2-Ex (en) ......................921641
- Year of construction (MM/YY) as well as fastenings
- Working pressure (140 bar)
- Approval (x II 2G IIB T4 X; e ) Not included in delivery
- Company (address, telephone, fax, internet) Cylinder with valve 5.4 l / 10.7 l:
- CO2 - Cylinder K85Ex EU ...............................see cylinder filled
Note Support weighing device PAE ....886350, see mounting accessories
In accordance with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), if the
commissioning is done outside the German speech area
a translation of the product information and the operating
instructions has to be delivered in the specific language of the
country. This must be noted also for the product sale.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

approx. 930 (36.6)

700 (27.56)

250 (9.84) 600 (23.62)

h

h
PAE
approx.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

5.4 l 960 (37.8)

10.7 l 1340 (52.8)
214-420_030 / AI00_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 133
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device Approvals

PAE - CO2 / BM 1) 2)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)
2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and
UL-File EX5248 (Ar)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 886403: PAE CO2-EM-4kg / BM

Maintenance
see product information PAE-CO2 / BM part no. 886405

Weight
Designation Part no.
approx.

Pneumatic release device 4 kg 886403 22 kg (49 lbs)

PAE - CO2 / BM 8 kg 886404 30 kg (66 lbs)

Technical data Functional description

Operating medium ...............................................CO2 - gaseous The activation of the release device PAE occurs electrically
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) (release device EM). Thus the toggle valve on the pilot cylinder
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi) is opened and the carbon dioxide (CO2) flows through the con-
Amount filled .........................4 kg (8.82 lbs) or 8 kg (17.64 lbs) nected pipe assembly respectively the hose to the pneumatic
Pilot cylinder volume ............................................5.4 l or 10.7 l system components of the fire extinguishing system.
Thread connection ...........................for precision steel pipe 6x1 Depending on the version a 5.4 l (1.43 US.liq.gal) or 10.7 l (2.83
US.liq.gal) pilot cylinder is used.
Product sheets also applying The entire release device is mounted directly to the frame of a
CO2 - Cylinder EU 5.4 l / 10.7 l .............................see cylinder filled Minimax cylinder bank
CO2 - Cylinder valve type K85-20.0-S9 ..............see cylinder valve
Weighing device WE4 .................................see ad-on part cylinder Included in delivery
Weight for weighing device 0.16 kg / 0.3 kg .......see ad-on part cylinder Pneumatic release device PAE - CO2 / BM
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Release device EM 24 V DC ..............................see control device Product information PAE-CO2 / BM part no. 886405
Lever - cylinder valve EM release ......................see control device
Not included in delivery
Application Pre-assembled connection pipe .....see product info. PAE-CO2 / BM
The pneumatic release device PAE- CO2 -BM is used in accor- Support weighing device PAE .....886350, see mounting accessories
dance with the “documentation of special extinguishing systems” Reset tool ............................................885530, see control device
in stationary CO2, argon and nitrogen fire extinguishing systems. Monitoring loss pneum. actuation device ....888998, see monitoring device
They provide all pneumatic system parts with CO2 as a work Monitoring for release device EM .........885740, see monitoring device
medium and is used to activate:
- Cylinder batteries
- Selector valves
- Pneumatic control elements and alarm components (makrofon)
214-420_015 / AI02_2016en

- Pneumatic door closing devices

- Pneumatic pressure relief dampers.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 134
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Pneumatic release device

PAE - CO2 / BM

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

h
PAE
approx.
4 kg 925 (36.42)
8 kg 1335 (52.56)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_015 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 135
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Lever - cylinder valve Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 885973: Lever cylinder valve CO2/Ar

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Style Designation Part no. Application Weight

1 Lever Cylinder valve CO2/Ar 885973 Cylinder bank 0.03 kg (0.07 lbs)
2 Lever SB-CO2-cylinder valve 750249 Shipbuilding 0.17 kg (0.37 lbs)
1)
3 Lever 1cyl.-CO2-cylinder valve 779509 CO2 / Ar - System 1 cylinder, release device FM 0.29 kg (0.64 lbs)

1)
Technical data Not included in delivery
Material style 1 .........................................................aluminium Threaded rod M6 x 8 ........................................................729697
style 2 and 3 .......................................................brass

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Style 2

Style 1

Style 3
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_016 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 136
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Connection CO2 slave release Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no.742030: Connection CO2 slave release

Maintenance
visual check according to report CO2 - high pressure systems

Designation Part no. Weight

Connection CO2 slave release 742030 1.2 kg (2.65 lbs)

Application Not included in delivery

Pilot pipe at CO2 - cylinder batteries from collecting manifold to Pipe 6 x 1 .........................................................M1-02-04 part 2
the slave release piston.

Included in delivery
Cap ..................................................................................875597
Union GE 6 - PSR-ED A3C galvanized ............................125578

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_017 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 137
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Solenoid release box VZ Approvals

1) 2)

1) Part of the system approval, for solenoid VZ 24 V DC only:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)
(in conjunction with release box VZ3 or VZ3-R 24 V only)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD200 (S315012)

2) Solenoid VZ 24 V DC only:
Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and UL-File EX5248 (Ar).

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 887363: Solenoid VZ-24-DC with card

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test according to technical description
release box VZ3 part no. 886159

Solenoid
Designation Part no. Current Weight
power
24 V DC 887363 25 N 1.04 A 1.5 kg (3.31 lbs)
Solenoid release box VZ
230 V AC 254381 30 N 0.13 A 1.4 kg (3.09 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Solenoid type 24 V DC ...........................................GU 80 E/22 Mounting material:
230 V AC .........................................GU 80 E/10 - 2x hex. screw DIN933-M6x16-8.8 ...............................206261
Switching duration ...........................................................100 % - 2x washer DIN6798-A6 ...............................................764307
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Operating temperature ...........-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to +122 °F)

Stroke ....................................................................15 mm (0.59")
IP code ..................................................................................
IP54 (by accordingly covering of the pull and pressure rod side)

Included in delivery
Solenoid VZ 24 V DC with card:
- solenoid VZ 24 V DC ...................................................254370
- card MVA LÖ ...............................................................782239
- technical description card MVA LÖ ..............................904653
214-420_018 / AI03_2018en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 138
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Solenoid release box VZ

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Note:
type 230 V AC
without protective
cap Connection diagram terminal block type 24 V DC:
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_018 / AI03_2018en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 139
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Cylinder ø25 x H30 Approvals

1) 2)

1) Part of the system approval:

CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)

2)
Listed system covered by:
UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and UL-File EX5248 (Ar, MX 200 and MX 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 227303: Piston D25-H30

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Cylinder ø25 x H30 227303 1.1 kg (2.43 lbs)

Technical data Application

Operating medium .....................................CO2, Argon, Nitrogen Release cylinder for pneumatic activation e.g.
.........................................IG-55, IG-541, FK-5-1-12, HFC-227ea release box VZ, door release - type FH, limit switch pneum.
Working pressure ............................................140 bar (2030 psi) operated, CO2/Ar 1 - cylinder system pneum.
Test pressure ...................................................210 bar (3045 psi)
Cylinder stroke ......................................................30 mm (1,18")
Piston ................................................................ø25 mm (ø0,98")
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_019 / AI02_2016en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 140
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Fusible link MX5 Approvals / CE marking

G387009 0786-CPD-30047

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 816025: Fusible link MX5-57C

Maintenance
see product information fusible link MX5
part no. 812809

Nominal release Index of

Part no. Weight
temperature colour

57 °C (134.6 °F) 816025 orange

68 °C (154.4 °F) 811945 red
0.08 kg (0.18 lbs)
93 °C (199.4 °F) 816049 green
141 °C (285.8 °F) 816050 blue

Technical data Performance feature

Min. traction force ..............................................................10 N Depending on case of application or the necessary release
Max. permissible traction force ......................................400 N temperature the integrated glass bulb breaks apart by thermal
Temperature range ...-20 °C (-4 °F) to max. 30 °C (86 °F) below stress and thus takes place the separation of the rope wire.
........................................................nominal release temperature
Material ........................brass chromed, nickel plated, glass bulb Marking
Fusible link ......................................complies with EN 12094-9 Type (MX5-...C), serial number, VdS, CE
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
Included in delivery
................................................................................No. 305/2011
Fusible link MX5
Application Product information fusible link MX5 part no. 812809
The fusible links are used for the mechanical separation of the
Not included in delivery
wire rope tackles or bar linkages when exposed to
1x Wire rope similar DIN3055-3-Fe galv. ....134122, see control device
the heat of a fire. Through spring-loading or weights, the sepa-
4x Wire rope clamp DIN741-3-galv. .....197109, see control device
ration can used for the actuation of extinguishing
2x S-hook, steel galvanized .............................................812937
systems or the initiation of alarm, control of machines and vent
2x Thimble DIN6899-A3-galv. ...............197092,see control device
clappers, door looking etc.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Installations example
214-420_020 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 141
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Fusible link MX5

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_020 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 142
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Manual release box mechanical Approvals / CE marking

type MX-HAKM

G305010 0786-CPD-30035

SAP designation
Part no. 221088: Manual release box mech. type MX-HAKM

Maintenance
see product information manual release box part no. 886898

Designation Part no. Weight

Manual release box mechanical type MX-HAKM 221088 1.2 kg (2.65 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Type ............................................................................MX-HAKM Dimensions in mm (inch)
Temperature range ................-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Permissible rope load .............................................max. 200 N
Housing .......................................................plastic, red-orange
Components ..............................................stainless steel / brass
Manual release box .........................complies with EN 12094-3
CE conformity .....acc. to Construction Products Regulation (EU)
................................................................................No. 305/2011

Application
The manual release box can be used for the manual release
of a stationary CO2 fire extinguishing system. The use of this
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

manual release box presupposes fire extinguishing system

released by means of push pull cables and drop weights.

Performance feature
In the hand release box is integrated a rope separation me-
chanics. A strained rope through weights can be separated by
the manipulation of a lever, with which is released the fall of a
weight.

Included in delivery
Manual release box complete with fastening material
Thimble ...........................................................................197092
214-420_021 / AI01_2015en

Rope clamp 3 mm (2x) ....................................................197109

Product information manual release box part no. 886898

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 143
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Rope disconnection right and left Approvals

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-2 (S398011)

SAP designation
part no. 221027: Rope disconnection left and right

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Rope disconnection right and left 221027 1.9 kg (4.19 lbs)

Application Included in delivery

CO2 - high pressure systems. The rope disconnection is used in Rope pulley A ....................................................see control device
mechanical triggering systems with more than 8 pulleys. Support for rope disconnection ........................................225239
A mechanical triggering system can be fitted with several Rope clamp compl. ..........................................................133294
manual releases in combination (see page 2). Rope clamp 3 mm (2x) .....................................................197109
Thimble ............................................................................197092
Release device for rope disconnection, plate,
as well as fastening material

Dimension drawing Not included in delivery

Dimensions in mm (inch) Weight 12 kg ......................................................see control device
182 (7.17)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

100 (3.94)

Rope
clamps

Thimble

Rope clamp compl.

214-420_022 / AI02_2016en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 144
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Rope disconnection right and left

Mounting example: rope disconnection with manuel release

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_022 / AI02_2016en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 145
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Wire rope pulley A and B Approvals

1)

1) Part of the system approval:

- CO2 extinguishing system HD-2 (S398011)

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 359714: Wire rope pully A

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

A 359714 0.54 kg (1.19 lbs)
Wire rope pulley
B 225756 0.36 kg (0.79 lbs)

Technical data
Housing and pulley support .........................................aluminium
Pulleys .......................................................cast steel, galvanized
Bolt .................................................................steel, nickel plated

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Style: A Style: B

(1.18) (3.19)
8)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

.2

(2.28)
(0

(4.57)

(1.34)

(4.17)

(2.28) (2.65) (0.35)

214-420_023 / AI02_2016en

(0.33)

(2.24) (1.57)
(1.34)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 146
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Ropes and accessories Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 197092: Thimble DIN6899-A3-verz.

Maintenance
visual check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Weight
Item Designation Part no. Material
kg (lbs)
1 Thimble DIN6899 A3 galvanized 197092 Hot dip galvanized 0.003 (0.0066)
3 mm 197109 0.014 (0.0309)
2 Rope clamp similar DIN741-galv. Galvanized
5 mm 209377 0.015 (0.0331)
2 mm 682750 1) 0.014 (0.0309)
Rope 6 x 7
3 Rope DIN3055-FE-ZNK 1770 SZ 3 mm 134122 1) with synthetic 0.032 (0.0706)
reinforcement galvanized
4 mm 730163 1) 0.057 (0.1257)
3 mm 755340 2) 0.001 (0.0022)
4 Press clamp DIN3093-AL Aluminium
4 mm 748524 2) 0.002 (0.0044)
050 Rope dog (clamp) compl. 133294 Brass 0.100 (0.2205)
6 Rope dog (sleeve) compl. 359647 Brass 0.120 (0.2646)
Screw - Ms
070 Rope dog (nut) 6631/21 241126 0.050 (0.1102)
Nut - gal Zn

For spare only!

1) By the meter, unit for order = meter weight = kg/m

2) Press clamp at least twice in direction fasten with clamp irons.
Pincer type Nicopress No. 64 - CGMP (not included in delivery).

Dimension drawing
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimensions in mm (inch)
214-420_024 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 147
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Weight 12 kg - complete Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 778086: Weight 12kg compl.

Instandhaltung
visual check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Weight 12 kg - complete 778086 12 kg (26.46 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Finish of weight ................................................primer, red brown Dimensions in mm (inch)

Included in delivery
Rope 3 m (9,84 ft) ............................................................730163
Ferrule .............................................................................748524
Weight 12 kg ....................................................................738435
Protecting cap yellow .......................................................673354
Buffer for weight 12 kg ......................................................811507
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

(ø3.54)
214-420_025 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 148
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Steel boxes with limit switch for release Approvals

weight no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 226852: Catchpit with limit switch

Maintenance
visual check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Steel boxes with limit switch for

226852 3.2 kg (7.05 lbs)
release weight

Application Not included in delivery

High pressure systems with mechanical release. Weight 12 kg - complete .........................778086, see alarm device
Support for bracket steel box ............................................773982
Included in delivery as well as fastening material
Hull steel box ..................................................................221120
Bracket door release unit - FH ........................................779420
Hex. screw DIN933-M10x70-8.8 gal Zn .........................157672
Cap nut DIN986-M10 ......................................................128350
O-ring 11x3 ....................................................................821281
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

2x hex. screw DIN933 M6x16-8.8 gal Zn .......................206261

2x hex. nut DIN555 M6 gal Zn .......................................175671
Limit switch type EM 41 D 1Ö/1S ....722990, see monitoring device
Fastening for bracket door release:
- 2x wood screw DIN571-8x50 gal Zn ...........................105420
- 2x rawl plug S10 ..........................................................129493
Fastening for limit switch:
- 2x cheese-head screw DIN84-M5x25 Ms ....................106915
214-420_026 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 149
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Steel boxes with limit switch for release

weight

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

(ø4.25 x 0.11)

(17.32)

(ø1.97)

(0.87)

(0.2)

(1.06)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_026 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 150
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Steel box for release weight Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
Part no. 225483: Steel box for weight

Instandhaltung
visual check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Steel box for release weight 225483 2.3 kg (5.07 lbs)

Technical data
Material ........................................................................steel pipe
Finish ...............................................................primer, red brown

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_027 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 151
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Release device EM-Ex T55 Approvals

1)

1) Conformity in acc. with 2014/34/EU (ATEX):

- x II 2G Ex IIC T4 Gb X

SAP designation
part no. 927600: Release device EM-Ex T55

Maintenance
see technical description release device EM-Ex T55
part no. 927496

Designation Part no. Weight

Release device EM-Ex T55 927600 6.65 kg (14.66 lbs)

Technical data Application

Type ...........................................................................EM-Ex T55 The release device EM-Ex T55 is used in stationary
Release bolt force ....................................max. 223 N (50.1 lbf) carbon dioxide, IG-01, IG-100 , IG-55, IG-541, HFC-227ea, and
Release bolt stroke .............................................45 mm (1,77") FK-5-1-12 fire suppression systems for the direct electric release
Temperature range ..............-20 °C to +55 °C (-4 °F to +131 °F) of pilot cylinder valves and extinguishing agent cylinder valves in
Solenoid Ex-release: areas with explosive atmosphere (zone 1 and 2, group of equip-
- Single stroke solenoid type .......................GMCE060K01D01 ment II, category 2 in accordance with directive 2014/34/EU).
- Nominal voltage ..............................................24 V DC ­±10 % The release device EM-Ex T55 must only be used in
- Nominal power ................................................................9.1 W combination with the following levers:
- Rated current .................................................................0.38 A - Lever EM-release ..............................................................885603
- IP code solenoid body .....................................................IP65 - Lever cylinder valve CO2/Ar ..............................................885973
tube ....................................................................IP54 - Lever EM release D=25 ....................................................915159
- Duration of operation ........................................S1 (100% ED)
Note
Electr. connection The cylinder valve must only be used in potentially explosive
Connection cable: areas of group x II 2G Ex IIC T4 Gb X.
- cable diameter 6 - 12 mm (0.24" - 0.47") - x Logo
- 3-wire with protective earth conductor - II Device group
- heat resistance min. 90 °C (194 °F) - 2 Device category
Connecting terminals, internal: - G Type of explosive atmosphere: Gases
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

- 2-pole connecting terminal up to 2.5 mm2 (AWG14), (Devices with the marking "II 2G" are only intended to be used in areas in
- protective earth connection fine-wire up to 1.5 mm2 (AWG 16) which it is to be expected that an explosive atmosphere comprised of a
mixture of air and gases will occasionally occur.)
single-wire up to 2.5 mm2 (AWG 14)
Connecting terminal, external (equipotential bonding): - IIC Explosion group
- protective earth connection up to 4 mm2 (AWG 12) - T4 Temperature class (T4 ≤ 135 °C (275 °F))
- Gb Equipment protection level (EPL)
- X Special conditions for safe use
Material / surface (see technical description release device EM-Ex T55)
Housing ........................brass, nickel-plated and chrome dulled
Bush .............................brass, nickel-plated and chrome dulled If the commissioning is done outside the German speech area
Bolt (sleeve) ......................................................................brass a translation of the technical description has to be delivered in
the specific language of the country.
Solenoid EM-Ex T55:
- Cable gland ...............................................brass, nickel-plated
214-420_031 / AI00_2018en

Marking
- Terminal box / cover ...................................steel, nickel-plated type (EM-Ex T55), part no. (927600), serial-no.,
- Casing / washer ...........................................steel, nickel-plated year of construction (MM/YY), operating temperature (-20/+55°C),
- Tube / core ...................................................steel, galvanized approval (x II 2G Ex IIC T4 Gb X), CE
manufacturer's data (Minimax GmbH & Co. KG, address,
telephone number and telefax number, web address)
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 152
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Control device CO2 HP components

Release device EM-Ex T55

Functional description Included in delivery

In case of activation, the solenoid (2) is electrically activated via Release device EM-Ex T55
a fire alarm control panel. This way, the solenoid pulls the locking Manuals:
bolt (3) out of the spring-loaded release bolt (1). The unlocked - Techn. description release device EM-Ex T55 (de) ....927495
release bolt actuates the lever (7), thus opening the valve - Techn. description release device EM-Ex T55 (en) ....927496
(6). This releases the medium stored in the cylinder (5) which - Declaration of Conformity (de/en) ...............................928182
then flows through the hose (4). - Operating instruction solenoid EM-Ex T55 (de/en)

Not included in delivery

A B
Reset tool release device EM EM ......................see control device
Connection cable ......................................see electr. connection

Abb. 1: Release device EM-Ex T55, A = tensioned, B = activated

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
~250 (~9.84)

~325 (~12.8) ~120 (~4.72)

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-420_031 / AI00_2018en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 153
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Monitoring device

Limit switch ZS 256-11z Approvals

1) 1) 2)



1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 828482: Limit switch ZS 256-11Z-M20-2219

Maintenance
Functional check during the maintenance intervals specific to
the fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Designation Part no. Weight

Limit switch ZS 256-11z 828482 0.14 kg (0.2 lbs)

Technical data
Type .......................................................ZS 256-11z-M20-2219 Nominal isolation voltage .................................................500 V
Housing ......thermopl. glass fiber concentrated, self-quenching Permanent current ..............................................................10 A
IP code ...............................................................................IP67 Nominal operation current / voltage ..................4 A (230 V AC);
Contact material ................................................................silver ................................................2,5 A (400 V AC); 1 A (500 V AC)
Contacts ..................................................................1 NC, 1 NO Short-circuit protection ............10 A slow blow, 16 A quick blow
..........................................galvanically isolated contact bridges Actuation force ..............................................................min. 9 N
Operating temperature .......-30 °C to +80 °C (-22 °F to 176 °F) Mechn. durability ..................................20x106 switching cycles
Switch system ..............................................spring control with Operation speed ...............................max. 1 m/s, min. 0,01 m/s
.......................................twofold brake contacts, forced opener Time on in percent ................................................max. 5000 / h

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Circuit diagram:
211-430_104 / AI01_2017en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 154
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Monitoring device

Limit switch Typ US 432y, 2 contacts Approvals

1) 1) 2)



1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 724420: Limit switch US 432Y-M20-2352 2 contacts

Maintenance
see mounting and wiring instructions of the manufacturer

Designation Part no. Weight

Limit switch type US 432y, 2 contacts 724420 0.31 kg (0.68 lbs)

Technical data
Type ...............................................................US 432y-M20-2352 Actuation force .............................................................max. 7 N
Housing ........alloy die-cast metal, chrome dulled and varnished (effeciency of the switch way)
IP code .................................................................................IP65 Operation speed ..............................max. 1 m/s, min. 0.001 m/s
Contact material ...................................................................silver Time on in percent.................................................max. 3000 / h
Switch system .............................................................slow action Mechn. durability .....................................10x106 switching cycles
...........................................................with twofold brake contacts Contact spud durability ..............................2x106 switching cycles
Ambient temperature ..............-20 °C to +60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F) ......................................................at 6 A / 400 V AC, cos ϕ = 0.4
Nominal isolation voltage ..................................................500 V
Permanent current ...............................................................16 A Application
Nominal operation current ....................................6 A, 400 V AC limit switch pneum. operated, manifold set, selector valve
Short-circuit protection ...............16 A slow blow, 20 A quick blow
Included in delivery
Limit switch type US 432y with mounting and wiring instructions
Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Wiring diagram
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

contacts shown not operated

changing of the contact type from
NC to NO contact and vice versa is
adjustable
211-430_105 / AI00_2015en

note: actuate limit switch axially

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 155
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Monitoring device

Limit switch US 434y, 4 contacts Approvals

without approval

SAP designation
part no. 224831: Limit switch US 434Y-M20-2352 4 contacts

Maintenance
see mounting and wiring instructions of the manufacturer

Designation Part no. Weight

Limit switch US 434y, 4 contacts 224831 0.42 kg (0.93 lbs)

Technical data
Type ..............................................................US 434y-M20-2352 Actuation force .........................................................max. 100 N
Housing ........alloy die-cast metal, chrome dulled and varnished (effeciency of the switch way)
IPcode ...................................................................................IP65 Operation speed ..............................max. 1 m/s, min. 0.001 m/s
Contact material ...................................................................silver Time on in percent.................................................max. 3000 / h
Switch system .............................................................slow action Mechn. durability .....................................10x106 switching cycles
............................................................with twofold brake contacts Contact spud durability ..............................2x106 switching cycles
Ambient temperature ..............-20 °C to +60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F) ......................................................at 6 A / 400 V AC, cos ϕ = 0.4
Nominal isolation voltage ..................................................500 V
Permanent current ...............................................................16 A Application
Nominal operation current ....................................6 A, 400 V AC limit switch pneum. operated, manifold set, selector valve
Short-circuit protection ...............16 A slow blow, 20 A quick blow
Included in delivery
Limit switch US 434y with mounting and wiring instructions
Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Wiring diagram
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

contacts shown not operated

changing of the contact type from

NC to NO contact and vice versa is
adjustable
211-430_006 / AI01_2017en

Note: actuate limit switch axially

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 156
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Monitoring device

Limit switch EM 41 D 1Ö/1S Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 722990: Limit switch EM 41 D 1Ö/1S

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Limit switch EM 41 D 1Ö/1S 722990 0.22 kg (0.49 lbs)

Technical data
Type .................................................................EM 41 D 1Ö/1S Ambient temperature .............-20 °C to +80 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
Housing ................................................aluminium, colour finish Permanent curent .................................................................6 A
Turning lever ....................................................steel, galvanized Nominal operation current ...................................6 A, 400 V AC
Insert switch and pulley ........................................thermoplastic Nominal contact rating, V=0.2 m/s ...10 A, 400 V AC cos ϕ = 0.7
IP code ...............................................................................IP65 .................................................................2 A, 24 V DC inductive
Contact material .................................................................silver ........................................................7 A, 24 V DC low inductance
Contacts ..................................................................1 NC / 1 NO Time on in percent ................................................max. 3600 / h
Switch system .......................................................spring control Durability ..............................................10 x 106 switching cycles
.........................................................with twofold brake contacts
Connection ...........................................................max. 2,5 mm2 Application
Steel box with limit switch for release weights

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Circuit diagram
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-430-007 / AI00_2015en

Switching speed and switching angle

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 157
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Monitoring device

Monitoring release device EM Approvals

1) 1) 2)



1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

2)
Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 885740: EM-release supervision

Maintenance
see product information monitoring EM-release
part no. 885742

Designation Part no. Weight

Monitoring release device EM 885740 0.09 kg (0.2 lbs)

Application Product sheets also applying

The monitoring release device EM may be used only in ac- Limit switch ZS 256-11z .................................see monitoring device
cordance with system approval in stationary CO2, argon and
nitrogen fire extinguishing systems. Included in delivery
Limit switch ZS 256-11z ....................828482, see monitoring device
Function description 2x Cheese-head screw ISO4762-M4x25-8.8-A2E ..............917743
The monitoring EM-release device is used for electrical moni- 2x Washer DIN125-A 4.3-St-gal. Zn ..................................896019
toring of the EM-release incl. cylinder valve lever in operation. Product information monitoring EM-release .....................885742

Installations example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-430_108 / AI01_2016en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 158
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Monitoring device

Limit switch pneumatically operated Approvals

1) 2) 3)

1) Part of the system approval:

- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system HD200 (S315011) / HD300 (S315010)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD200 (S315012)
- Oxeo inert gas extinguishing system with ConstantFlow HD300 (S315013)
- Oxeo inert gas exting. system with ConstantFlow HD300-LCP (S316006)
- CO2 extinguishing system HD-1 (S398010) / HD-2 (S398011)
- CO2 extinguishing system ND-1 (S398012), electrical release
- CO2 extinguishing system ND-2 (S398013), non-electrical release
- Oxeo Nitrogen low pressure extinguishing system (S310016)
2) Listed system covered by UL-File EX6388 (CO2) and
UL-File EX26532 (Ar, VSN 200 and VSN 1230)
3) Part of the system approval (VSN 200 and VSN 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 826758: Limit switch pneumatically operated

Maintenance
see technical description limit switch pneumatically operated
part no. 926951

Designation Part no. Weight

Limit switch pneumatically operated 826758 1.5 kg (3.31 lbs)

Technical data Included in delivery

Operating medium..................IG-01 (argon), IG-100 (nitrogen), Cylinder ø25 x H30 ...............................227303, see control device
............................. IG-55, IG-541, CO2, FK-5-1-12, HFC-227ea Limit switch type US 432y ................724420, see monitoring device
Working pressure..........................................140 bar (2030 psi) Support limit switch pneum. activated ............................827866
Temperature range............... -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Union GE 6-PSR-ED A3C ..............................125578, M1-11-01
Pressure connection........................ for precision steel pipe 6x1 2x Cheese-head screw DIN84-M5x25-Ms ........................106915
2x Hex. nut DIN934-M5-Ms ..............................................108444
Product sheets also applying 2x Washer DIN125-B-5,3-Ms ...........................................109771
Cylinder ø25 x H30 .............................................see control device Technical description limit switch pneumatic (en) .............926951
Limit switch US 432y .....................................see monitoring device as well as fastening material
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Application
The limit switch pneumatically operated may only be used
in stationary IG-01, IG-100, IG-55, IG-541, CO2, FK-5-1-12 and
HFC-227ea extinguishing systems. The limit switch is used to
generate electrical signals which can be used for varying
purposes.

Function description
211-430_109 / AI03 / 2018-Nov-05 / en

In the event of fire, the extinguishing agent floods the

corresponding pipeline system. Present pressure actuates the
cylinder that in turn actuates the limit switch. The contacts of the
limit switch are, depending on the respective connection, opened
or closed. The activated signal is, e.g., used as an alarm signal
for fire department control panels. The electrical signal can also
be activated manually for test purposes using a push button.

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 159
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Monitoring device

Limit switch pneumatically operated

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

~100 (~3.94)

ø9 (ø0.35)

50
(1.97)

~290 (~11.42)
Pressure connection
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-430_109 / AI03 / 2018-Nov-05 / en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 160
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Monitoring loss extinguishing agent Approvals

with reed contact limit switch no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886376: Monitoring loss of extinguishing agent

Maintenance
see technical description monitoring loss of extinguishing agent
part no. 926943

Designation Part no. Weight

Monitoring loss extinguishing agent

886376 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs)
with reed contact limit switch

Application Included in delivery

The monitoring loss pneumatic activation device may only be Reed contact limit switch .................886343, see monitoring device
used in accordance with system approval in stationary CO2, Bracket monitoring loss of extinguishing ...........................886375
IG-01 (argon), IG-100 (nitrogen), IG-55 and IG-541 Support for cable duct .......................................................815367
extinguishing systems. It facilitates monitoring of permissible Techn. description monitoring loss of exting. agent .......926943
loss (10% of CO2 supply) in a cylinder of extinguishing agent. as well as screws, nuts and washers
If the permissible margin of loss is exceeded, a reed contact
limit switch is actuated, sending a fault message to the moni-
toring control panel.
The fault is indicated locally via LED.
Preferably with cylinder quantity ≤ 3 pieces.

Mounting example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-430_001 / AI02 / 2018-Sept-28 / en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 161
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Reed contact limit switch Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886343: Reed contact limit switch

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Reed contact limit switch 886343 0.14 kg (0.31 lbs)

Technical data Note

Type .........................................................BN 256-11z-M20-2284 This reed contact limit switch with monitoring module is to be
Housing .........................................plastic - glass fiber reinforced used with the monitoring systems SUZ and FMZ only.
Standards ............................................................IEC 60947 - 1 For the use of the FMZ4100 with ring bus MxLoop® the card
Connection ...........................max. 1.5 mm² (0,0023 square inch) SUX50 monitoring system is needed.
Contacts .........................................................................rhodium
Ambient temperature ..........-30 °C to +80 °C (-22 °F to 176 °F) Included in delivery
IP code .................................................................................IP67 Reed contact limit switch complete with actuator magnet and
Switching system .....................................................reed contact 2 pieces cable glands M20x1.5
Contact rating ..................................30 V DC, 0.5 A, max. 10 W Productinformation reed contact limit switch part no. 886369
Fault indication .........................................................LED - yellow
External indicator ...................................max. 12 V DC / 50 mA
Not included in delivery
Nominal current .........................load controlled, adapted to the
Card SUX50 monitoring system part no. 800952
......................................................MINIMAX monitoring systems
Limits (Imax, Umax) ........................................100 mA, 16.5 V DC

Dimension drawing
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimensions in mm (inch)
214-430_002 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 162
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Monitoring loss extinguishing agent Approvals

with light barrier no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 876530: Monitoring loss ext.agent light barrier

Maintenance
see product information UEWA HP system loss of agent with
light barrier part no. 876553

Designation Part no. Weight

Monitoring loss extinguishing agent with light barrier 876530 0.56 kg (1.23 lbs)

Application Included in delivery

The UEWA high pressure system loss unit with light barrier Light barrier for monitoring loss ..........876541, siehe Überwachungselement
facilitates monitoring of permitted loss (10% of extinguishing 2x bracket for light barrier .................................................876371
agent supply per high pressure cylinder). When a fault mes- 2x bracket for cable duct cylinder bank ............................815367
sage is given (permissible loss exceeded) the beam weight Product information UEWA HP system loss of agent
drops and the reflected beam of light is broken. with light barrier .............................................................876553
The fault message is sent to the monitoring control panel. as well as screws, nuts and washers
Local indication of the fault is by LED.
Preferably with cylinder quantity > 3 pieces.

Mounting example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-430_003 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 163
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Light barrier for monitoring loss Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 876541: Monitoring loss pneumatic activation

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Light barrier for monitoring loss 876541 0.18 kg (0.4 lbs)

Technical data
Type ..............................................OR20PS-DDSN-06.0-ALETX Power supply ...........................................Ub = 12 V to 30 V DC
Sensor type ............in acc. with DIN44030, reflected light barrier Standby current ................................I0 < 5 mA at Ub = 15 V DC
Type of light ...............................................red 660 nm, polarised Switching circuit ....................................................Imax. = 100 mA
Resistance to outside light ........................................> 5000 Lux Output function ......................................................................dark
Enclosure material ......................................................PA 6.6 red Indicator .....................................................................LED yellow
Material of light aperture ......................................................glass Switching frequency ........................................................≥ 15 Hz
IP code .................................................................................IP65 Response ........................................tr < 30 ms from light to dark
Operating temperature .........-20 °C to +70 °C (-4 °F to 158 °F) Availability delivery ....tv < 60 ms at Ub = 12 V; T = 20 °C (68 °F)
Storage temperature ............-20 °C to +80 °C (-4 °F to 176 °F) On delay ......................te = 0 up to 3 s, potentiometer adjustable
Range ........Sn ≥ 6 m (19,7 ft) on triple reflector ø80 mm (ø3,15")
Hysteresis ...................................................................H ≈ 15 % Included in delivery
Light barrier with reflector type RTS-D83KK and
double cable gland M20x1,5 (2 bores ø6 mm)
Product information reflected light barrier part no. 876759
Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-430_004 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 164
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Monitoring loss pneum. activation device PAE Approvals

without approval

SAP designation
part no. 888998: Monitoring loss pneumatic activation device

Maintenance
see technical description monitoring loss pneumatic activation
device part no. 926945

Designation Part no. Weight

Monitoring loss pneumatic activation device PAE 888998 0.20 kg (0.44 lbs)

Application Included in delivery

The monitoring loss pneumatic activation device may only be Reed contact limit switch .................886343, see monitoring device
used in accordance with system approval in stationary CO2, Magnet bracket for ÜWA loss PAE ...................................876875
IG-01 (argon), IG-100 (nitrogen), IG-55, IG-541, FK-5-1-12 Bracket limit switch monitoring loss PAE WE4 .................888986
and HFC-227ea extinguishing systems. Technical description monitoring loss
It facilitates monitoring of the permissible loss (5% - 10% supply pneumatic activation device ............................................926945
per control cylinder). If the permissible margin of loss is exceeded as well as screws, nuts and washers
the beam weight falls and actuates a reed contact limit switch.
The limit switch sends a fault message to the monitoring control
panel and the fault is indicated locally via LED.

Mounting example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-430_005 / AI04 / 2018-Sept-27 / en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 165
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Monitoring for non electrical control device Approvals

HP systems no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886373: Monitoring non-electrical control device for high
pressure systems

Maintenance
see technical description non electrical control device for high
pressure systems part no. 926942

Designation Part no. Weight

Monitoring for non electrical control device HP systems 886373 0.31 kg (0.68 lbs)

Application Included in delivery

The monitoring non-electrical control device may only be used Reed contact limit switch .................886343, see monitoring device
in accordance with system approval in stationary CO2, IG-01 Bracket for UEWA released cylinder bank .......................876851
(argon), IG-100 (nitrogen), IG-55 and IG-541 extinguishing Bracket for cable duct cylinder bank ................................815367
systems. It facilitates monitoring of the correct setting of the Technical description monitoring non electrical control device
time delay device (VZ2/VZ3) component. The correct setting for high pressure systems .................................................926942
depends on the correct end position of the release bar. When as well as screws, nuts and washers
the release bar is actuated a reed contact limit switch sends
a fault message to the monitoring control panel. The fault is
indicated locally by LED.

Mounting example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-430_006 / AI02 / 2018-Sept-27 / en

RF = frame cylinder bank, AL = release bar

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 166
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Monitoring rope pneumatic activation device Approvals

PAE no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886379: Monitoring rope pneumatic activation device

Maintenance
see technical description monitoring rope pneumatic activation
device part no. 926944

Designation Part no. Weight

Monitoring rope pneumatic ativation device PAE 886379 0.23 kg (0.51 lbs)

Application Included in delivery

The monitoring rope pneumatic activation device may only be Limit switch reed contact .................886343, see monitoring device
used in accordance with system approval in stationary CO2, Bracket for UEWA rope PAE .............................................886378
IG-01 (argon), IG-100 (nitrogen), IG-55, IG-541, FK-5-1-12 Techn. description monitoring rope pneum. activat. device ...926944
and HFC-227ea extinguishing systems. It facilitates electrical as well as screws, nuts and washers
monitoring of the correct position of the release rope in the
pneumatic pilot activation device (PAE). When the rope chan-
ges its position a reed contact limit switch is actuated, sending
a fault message to the monitoring control panel. The fault is
indicated locally by LED.

Mounting example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-430_007 / AI02 / 2018-Sept-29 / en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 167
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Limit switch Approvals

system monitoring / I88-SU1Zw 1) 1) 2)



1) Listed system covered by UL-File EX5248 (Ar, MX 200 and MX 1230)

2)
Part of the system approval (MX 200 and MX 1230)

SAP designation
part no. 763261: Limit switch system monitor./I88-SU1Zw

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Limit switch system monitoring / I88-SU1Zw 763261 0.06 kg (0.13 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Type ...........................................................................I88-SU1Zw Dimensions in mm (inch)
Housing, cover ......................thermopl. glass fiber concentrated
Actuation ...................................................tappet (thermoplastic)
IP code .................................................................................IP65
Contacts ....................................................................1 NC, 1 NO
Ambient temperature ..........-30 °C to +80 °C (-22 °F to 176 °F)
Rated insulation voltage Ui .......................................250 V / AC
Continuous current Ithe...............................................max. 10 A
Switch-on current ........in acc. with IEC 60947-5-1, AC 15, A300
Utilization category ................AC 15, A300, Ue / Ie 240 V / 3 A
Assembly ...................in acc. with EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1
Short-circuit protection .........................blowout fuse 2 A gl/gG
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Application
Disable device release box BEA

Circuit diagram
214-430_008 / AI02_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 168
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2

Limit switch type UK 432y U=180 Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886616: Limit switch UK 432y-M20-U180-2352 2 contacts

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Limit switch type UK 432y U=180 886616 0.34 kg (0.75 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Type ...................................................UK 432y-M20-U180-2352 Dimensions in mm (inch)
Housing ......alloy die-cast metal, chrome dulled and varnished
IP code ...............................................................................IP65
Contact material ..................................................................silver
Contacts ....................................................2, optional adjustable
Switch system ...........................................................slow action
.........................................................with twofold brake contacts
Ambient temperature .............-20 °C to +60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
Nominal isolation voltage ................................................500 V
Permanent current ............................................................16 A
Nominal operation current .................................6 A, 400 V AC
Short-circuit protection .............16 A slow blow, 20 A quick blow
actuation force ..........max. 7 N at effeciency of the switch way
operation speed ...........................max. 1 m/s, min. 0,001 m/s
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

time on in percent...............................................max. 3000 / h

mechn. durability ..................................10x106 switching cycles
contact spud durability ............................2x106 switching cycles
...................................................at 6 A / 400 V AC, cos ϕ = 0,4

Application
Release box VZ3 resp. VZ3-R 24 V
Switching speed max. 0,5 m/s at:
Wiring diagram
Included in delivery
Limit switch type UK 432y U=180
Mounting and wiring instructions of the manufacturer
214-430_009 / AI01_2015en

contacts shown not

operated

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 169
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2 HP

Pressure gauge 250 bar - AR 100 Approvals / CE marking

SAP designation
part no. 126250: Pressure gauge 250bar-Ar 100-CO2

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Pressure gauge 250 bar - AR 100 126250 0.62 kg (1.4 lbs)

Technical Data Application

Type .................................................................................212.20 Industrial pressure gauge designed in compliance
Nominal size ...........................................................................100 with the operational safety requirements of EN 837-1.
Indicating range ...................................................0 up to 250 bar For gaseous and liquid media that are not highly viscous
Accuracy class .....................................................................1.0 or crystallising and will not attack copper alloy parts.
Ambient temperature ..........-40 °C to +60 °C (-40 °F to 140 °F)
IP code ................................................................................IP54 Marking
CE conformity ...........according to Pressure Equipment Directive manufacturer code (WIKA), bar, accuracy class (1.0),
.....................................................module A, pressure accessory design (EN 837-1), CE (Type2)

Material / Surface Included in delivery

Housing ...............................................................stainless steel pressure gauge 250 bar - AR 100 with protective cap (thread) as
Movement .....................................cu-alloy, wear parts argentan well as operating instructions of the manufacturer (de/en/fr/es)
Dial ..........................................aluminium, white, black lettering
Pointer ............................................................ aluminium, black
Window ............................................................instrument glass
Bezel ring .....................cam ring (bayonet type), stainless steel
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
B
H
214-430_011 / AI00_2015en

G pressure gauge D b h G/R SW

100 49,5 87
D 250 bar - AR 100 G1/2 22
SW (3.9) (1.95) (3.4)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 170
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Monitoring device CO2 HP

Shut-off valve PN250 for pressure gauges Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 131789: Gate valve DIN16270-AG-20Ms

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test
without test connection

with test connection

Designation Part no. Test connection Weight

Shut-off valve DIN16270 131789 without 0.63 kg (1.39 lbs)

Shut-off valve DIN16271 131790 with 0.76 kg (1.68 lbs)

Technical Data Note

Working pressure .................................max. 250 bar (3625 psi) Only for pressure gauges with cylindrical thread and guide pilot
Material ...................................................brass, stamped brass for the sealing
including screw cap and tightening socket
Not included in delivery
Washer for pressure gauge connection G1/2"
washer DIN16258-B-Pb ..................................................128907

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Shut-off valve DIN 16271

Shut-off valve DIN 16270 open

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimensions as style DIN16271

214-430_012 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 171
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 LP

Monitoring device CO2 LP

Pressure switch CO2 / inert gases Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 926828: Pressure switch CO2/Inert gases

Maintenance
Functional check during the maintenance intervals specific to the
fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Designation Part no. Weight

Pressure switch CO2 / inert gases 926828 0.13 kg (2.87 lbs)

Technical data Electrical data

Type ....................................................................................0194 Rated supply voltage ................................................5 - 24 V DC
Pressure medium .....................................carbon dioxide (CO2) Rated current (DC 12, AC 12) ....................................3 - 50 mA
.........................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 Switching contact ..................................................gold contacts
Safe up to ........................................................300 bar (4351 psi) Cross-section of conducting wire ........................max. 1,5 mm²
Switching pressure falling ...................................2 bar (29 psi)
rising ..................................3 bar (43,5 psi) Material / surface
Switching tolerance ........................................± 0,5 bar (7,25 psi) Housing ............................................................steel galvanized
Temperature range ..........-40 °C to +100 °C (-40 °F to +212 °F) Diaphragm .........................................................................NBR
IP code .......................................................IP65 with plug socket
Plug socket ............................................similar DIN EN 175301
Note
Further pressure switch upon request.
Tightening torque G1/4 ...........................................max. 40 Nm
Installation position .................................................any position Included in delivery
Pressure switch with operating instructions of the
manufacturer (de/en/fr).

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

~50 (1.97)

PG9
~83 (~3.27)

P&ID symbol
224-430_007 / AI01 / 2018-May-09 / en

SW27
4
1
9 (0.35)

G1/4

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 172
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 LP

Monitoring device CO2 LP

Pressure switch CO2 / Ar / N2 Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 811684: Pressure switch CO2/Ar/N2 type 0180

Maintenance
Functional check during the maintenance intervals specific to the
fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Designation Style Part no. Voltage Switching current Weight

0180 811684 max. 250 V min. 50 mA

Pressure switch CO2 / Ar / N2 0.09 kg (0.2 lbs)
0190 885589 max. 24 V min. 5 mA

Technical Data Material / surface

Pressure medium .....................................carbon dioxide (CO2) Housing ............................................................steel galvanized
.........................argon (IG-01), nitrogen (IG-100), IG-55, IG-541 Diaphragm .........................................................................EPDM
Safe up to .....................................................100 bar (1450.4 psi)
Switching pressure falling ...................................2 bar (29 psi) Note
rising ..................................3 bar (43,5 psi) Further pressure switch upon request.
Switching tolerance ........................................± 0,5 bar (7,25 psi)
Switching power style 0180..........................250 V AC max. 4A
Not included in delivery
Plug socket .................................................see monitoring device
style 0190............................24 V max. 50 mA
Marking style 0180...............................................................blue
style 0190............................................................green
Temperature range .........-30 °C to +100 °C (-22 °F to +212 °F)
IP code .......................................................IP65 with plug socket

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection diagram
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Style 0180
Style 0190

P&ID symbol
224-430_004 / AI00_2017en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 173
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 LP

Monitoring device CO2 LP

Plug socket for pressure switch Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 811696: Plug socket pressure switch

Maintenance
Functional check during the maintenance intervals specific to the
fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Designation Part no. Weight

Plug socket for pressure switch 811696 0.08 kg (0.2 lbs)

Application Caution
For use with pressure switch CO2 / Ar / N2 style 0180 and After installation check for electrical conductivity.
style 0190.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection diagram terminal block:

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
224-430_005 / AI00_2017en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 174
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Release device electrical

Thermo switch STS - 1 Approvals

G387004

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 817194: Thermo-switch 57°C-100-STS1

Maintenance
see produktinformation temperature switch STS-1
part no. 811751

Spare parts
Spare glass bulbs 5 mm, individually packed complete with
enclosed test certificate according to EN 10204-2.2:
- Release temperature 57 °C colour code - orange ..........819877
- Release temperature 68 °C colour code - red ................819889
- Release temperature 93 °C colour code - green ............819890
- Release temperature 141 °C colour code - blue .............819907
- Release temperature 182 °C colour code - violet ...........819919
- Release temperature 260 °C colour code - black .........819920

Probe length Release temperature Part no. Colour Weight

57 °C (134.6 °F) 817194 orange

68 °C (154.4 °F) 817200 red
93 °C (199.4 °F) 817224 green
100 0.25 kg (0.55 lbs)
141 °C (285.8 °F) 817236 blue
182 °C (359.6 °F) 817248 violet
260 °C (500 °F) 817250 black
57 °C (134.6 °F) 816335 orange
68 °C (154.4 °F) 811738 red
93 °C (199.4 °F) 816359 green
200 0.35 kg (0.77 lbs)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

141 °C (285.8 °F) 816360 blue

182 °C (359.6 °F) 816372 violet
260 °C (500 °F) 816384 black
57 °C (134.6 °F) 816396 orange
68 °C (154.4 °F) 816402 red
93 °C (199.4 °F) 816426 green
350 0.45 kg (0.99 lbs)
141 °C (285.8 °F) 816438 blue
182 °C (359.6 °F) 816440 violet
260 °C (500 °F) 816451 black
211-440_001 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 175
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Release device electrical

Thermo switch STS - 1

Technical data Functional description

Probe ...........................................................brass, nickel-plated The Thermo-switch STS-1 is a electrical fire detection element.
Limit switch STS-1: Due to its design it can be put with the release part from the
Type ...................................................................ENM2-SU1Z IW outside through walls or housing.
Contakts ....................................................................1 NC, 1 NO At a temperature rise the warmed medium flow through the
Rated insulation voltage Ui .......................................400 V / AC bores in the housing and heated the glass bulb. After reaching
Conv. thermal current Ithe ....................................................10 A a specific temperature the glass bulb bursts.
Max. switch-on current .....AC 15, A300 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 Through this the pressure spring can relief. The pressure spring
Utilization category ....................AC 15, A300, Ue/Ie 240 V / 3 A push away the rod from the limit switch. Through this the limit
Short-circuit protection ....................................melting fuse 2 A switch can operate. The Thermo-switch is made in three
Ambient temperature .........-30 °C to + 80 °C (-22 °F to 176 °F) length and six different temperatures. Alternatively one or two
IP code .................................................................................IP65 cables can be installed.
Housing ..................................................................al-die casting
Included in delivery
Application Thermo switch STS - 1
The Thermo-switch STS-1 may only be used in accordance with Produktinformation temperature switch STS-1 part no. 811751
system approval for activation of fire extinguishing systems. The
Thermo switch is used as a electrical fire detection element. Not included in delivery
Mounting socket for thermo switch STS .....see release device electr.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

wiring diagram

contacts shown not operated

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

L1
Probe length L
±3 (±0.12 )
100 100 (3.94) 117 (4.61)
200 200 (7.87) 217 (8.54)
300 350 (13.78) 367 (14.45)
211-440_001 / AI01_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 176
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Release device electrical

Mounting socket for thermo switch STS Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 812664: Mounting socket thermo switch screwed

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Style Part no. Weight

screw-on 812664
Mounting socket for thermo switch STS 0.14 kg (0.31 lbs)
plug-in 812640

Technical data Not included in delivery

Material .....................................................brass, chrome-plated Fastening material

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

Mounting socket, screw-on Mounting socket, plug-in

The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-440_002 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 177
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Release device electrical

Key switch K2 Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 595521: Schlüsselschalter K2

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Key switch K2 595521 0.87 kg (1.92 lbs)

Technical data
Housing type .................................................................MBG 422 Light elements:
IP code, housing ...................................................................IP65 Rated voltage Ue .............................................................250 V
Standards .......................................................IEC 947 EN 60947 Thermal rated power ..........................................................2 W
Key selector switch: Short-circuit protection ..................................................gG 10 A
Type ASS21S1 with 2 lock positions, operating angle 1x 45°, IP code .................................................................................IP20
key can be removed in left lock position only Temperature range ...........-25 °C to +40 °C (13 °F to 104 °F)
Contacts ........................................................2 NO, type 2x AF02
Light element ............................with series resistance type ALV Application
Indicator light ...................................................type AML RT red, To bridges isolation during control panel test complete in lockable
.................................with light element ALV incl. lamp (L130/9) housing, incl. control lamp.
Contact elements
Rated voltage Ue .............................................................440 V Not included in delivery
Rated current Ie ......................................6 A, AC 15, 250 V AC Fastening material
.....................................................................3 A, DC 13, 24 V DC
Category ......................AC 13, DC 15, DIN VDE 0660 part 200
Thermal nominal current ...................................................10 A
Short-circuit protection ................................................gG 10 A
IP code ................................................................................IP20
Temperature range ............-25 °C to +60 °C (-13 °F to 140 °F)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

circuit diagram
211-440_003 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 178
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Release device electrical

Emergency push-button H compl. Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 582236: Emergency push-button H compl.

Maintenance
Functional check during the maintenance intervals specific to
the fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Designation Part no. Weight

Emergency push-button H compl. 582236 0.55 kg (1.21 lbs)

Technical data Application

Type ....................................................................XAPM1201S9 Emergency shut-downs or switching-on of electrical circuits
IP code .................................................................................IP65 coherently with the function of a fire-extinguishing system.
Push-button ...........push-button red, locked in pressed position
....................................................unlocked by clockwise rotation Included in delivery
Contacts .............................................................................2 NO Emergency push-button H ..............................................657443
Voltage .....................................................................max. 500 V Accessories for emergency push-button compl. ...........814764
Current ..........................................................max. 8 A at 240 V - safety device, key ring, towing ring, seal, seal wire,
label emergency push-button as well as fastening material
- techn. description emergency push-button (de/en) ....786038

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Circuit diagram
211-440_004 / AI03 / 2018-Sept-25 / en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 179
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Release device electrical CO2

Thermo switch STS-Ex Approvals

G387006

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 886851: Thermo switch 57°C-100-STS-Ex

Maintenance
see product information thermo switch STS-Ex
part no. 886521

Spare parts
Spare glass bulbs 5 mm, individually packed compl. with
enclosed test certificate according to EN 10204-2.2:
- Release temperature 57 °C colour code - orange ..........819877
- Release temperature 68 °C colour code - red ................819889
- Release temperature 93 °C colour code - green ............819890
- Release temperature 141 °C colour code - blue .............819907
- Release temperature 182 °C colour code - violet ...........819919
- Release temperature 260 °C colour code - black ...........819920

Probe length Release temperatur Part no. Colour code Weight

57 °C (134.6 °F) 886851 orange

68 °C (154.4 °F) 886852 rot
93 °C (199.4 °F) 886853 grün
100 0.45 kg (0.99 lbs)
141 °C (285.8 °F) 886854 blau
182 °C (359.6 °F) 886855 violett
260 °C (500 °F) 886856 schwarz
57 °C (134.6 °F) 886634 orange
68 °C (154.4 °F) 886635 rot
93 °C (199.4 °F) 886636 grün
200 0.55 kg (1.21 lbs)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

141 °C (285.8 °F) 886637 blau

182 °C (359.6 °F) 886638 violett
260 °C (500 °F) 886639 schwarz
57 °C (134.6 °F) 886640 orange
68 °C (154.4 °F) 886641 rot
93 °C (199.4 °F) 886643 grün
350 0.65 kg (1.43 lbs)
141 °C (285.8 °F) 886644 blau
182 °C (359.6 °F) 886645 violett
260 °C (500 °F) 886646 schwarz
214-440_001 / AI01_2015en

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 180
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Release device electrical CO2

Thermo switch STS-Ex

Technical data Included in delivery

Explosion protection ....................x II 2G c IIC T6 (zone 1 + 2) Thermo switch STS-Ex
Cable gland M20x1,5/PG16 for 2 cable entries enclosed
.............................................x II 2D c T 80 °C (zone 21 + 22)
Product information thermo switch STS-Ex part no. 886521
Limit switch STS-Ex ................................see release device electr.
Probe ............................................................brass, nickel-plated
Not included in delivery
Mounting socket for thermo switch STS .........see release device electr.
Technical data limit switch
Type ............................................................EEx 335 S - 1Ö/1S
Contacts ....................................................................1 NC, 1 NO
Contact material ...........................................................fine silver
Switching system ...............................slow action, positive break Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Electrical design ...............................................IEC 60947-5-1
Perm. electrical load ............................250 V AC - 6 A (AC-15)
.........................................................230 V DC - 0,25 A (DC-13)
Min. load.....................................................24 V AC/DC - 10 mA
Back-up fuse ...............................................................6 A (delay) Wiring diagram
Explosion protection ..........................x II 2G Ex de IIC T6/T5
................................x II 2D Ex tD A21 IP67 - T 80 °C / T 95 °C
Test certificate ..........DMT 01 ATEX E 178, IEC Ex BVS 07.0014
Temperature range ..............-20 °C to + 60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
IP code .................................................................................IP67
Actuation .........................................................................plunger Contacts shown not operated
Cable entry ..................................................................M20 x 1,5
Housing .......................................................zinc die-cast, coated

Application
The thermo-switch STS-Ex may only be used in accordance with
system approval for activation of fire extinguishing systems. The
Thermo switch is used as an electrical fire detection element
and is designed for the explosive areas of zone 1 and zone 2
as well as zone 21 and zone 22.

Note
In accordance with the Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX), if the com-
missioning is done outside the German / English
speech area a translation of the product information has to be
delivered in the specific language of the country.
This must be noted also for the product sale.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Functional description
The thermo-switch STS-Ex is an electrical fire detection element.
Due to its design it can be put with
the release part from the outside through walls or housing.
At a temperature rise the warmed medium flow through the
bores in the housing and heated the glass bulb. After reaching
a specific temperature the glass bulb bursts.
Through this the pressure spring can relief. The pressure spring L1
push away the rod from the limit switch. Through this the limit Probe length L
±3 (±0.12 )
switch can operate. The thermo-switch is made in
100 100 (3.94) 117 (4.61)
three length and six different temperatures. Alternatively one or
214-440_001 / AI01_2015en

two cables can be installed. 200 200 (7.87) 217 (8.54)

300 350 (13.78) 367 (14.45)

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 181
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Test device

Test device pneumatic activation Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 826746: Test device pneum. control 3,6kg

Maintenance
see product information test device part no. 827283

Spare parts
- Flat gasket 18,5x13x2 Fiber part no. 149970
(gasket cylinder valve / cap nut)
- Protective cap socket plug-in coupling PVC DN6 part no. 827556

CO2 Weight
Designation Part no.
Filling quantity approx.

3.6 kg 826746 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs) 15 kg (33.1 lbs)

Test device pneumatic activation
7.1 kg 827260 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs) 21.5 kg (47.4 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Operating medium ...............................................................CO2 Adapter plug coupling test connection ......826709, see test device
Working pressure ...................................max. 140 bar (2030 psi) or
Pressure gauge display range ........0 to 250 bar (0 to 3625 psi) Test connection pneumatic activation ........887431, see test device
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F)
Socket plug-in coupling test device ......................see test device
Dimension drawing
Application Dimensions in mm (inch)
The test device is used for testing pneumatically operated sy-
stem components and control systems in stationary CO2, argon
and nitrogen fire extinguishing systems.

Functional description
With the test device it is possible to test pneumatic actuating
elements, alarm devices and control systems. The test device
is provide with a CO2 cylinder, a venting facility to vent the
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

system after the test, a pressure gauge, approx. 1.5 m hose

and a plug-in coupling to connecting the test device with the
system. Depending on the size of the extinguishing system
the test device is supplied with CO2 cylinder in two sizes (filling
quantity 3.6 kg CO2 or 7.1 kg CO2). For the protection of the
system components before liquid CO2, the CO2 cylinders are
without dip tube so that only gaseous CO2 can be used.
CO2 L L1
Included in delivery Filling quantity approx. approx.
Connection line test device .............................................827453
Steel cylinder 5.4L+3.6kg-CO2 ................................827271 3.6 kg (7.9 lbs) 490 (19.3) 590 (23.2)
10.7L+7.1kg-CO2 ..............................827441 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs) 880 (34.7) 980 (38.6)
211-480_001 / AI01_2015en

Product information test device ....................................827283

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 182
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Test device

Adapter plug coupling test connection and Approvals

socket plug-in coupling test connection no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 826709: Adapter plug coupling test connection

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Adapter plug coupling test connection 826709 0.04 kg (0.09 lbs)

Socket plug-in coupling test connection 826710 0.10 (0.22 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Type adapter plug .......................................ST-NV04BSP06S Protection cap adapter plug coupling PVC DN6 .........827544
socket .................................................ST-NV04BSP06M socket plug-in coupling PVC DN6 .......827556
Operating medium ...............................................................CO2
Working pressure ..................................max. 560 bar (8120 psi)
Flow cross-section ............................24 mm² (0,04 square inch)
Temperature range .............-20 °C to +120 °C (-4 °F to 248 °F)
Thread ....................................................................BSP ISO 228
Gasket .................................................................................NBR

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Adapter plug Socket

The socket complete with protection cap is

211-480_002 / AI01_2015en

included in the delivery of the test device.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 183
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Test device

Test connection pneumatic activation Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 887431: Test connection pneumatic activation

Maintenance
see product information test connection pn. activation
part no. 887430

Designation Part no. Weight

Test connection pneumatic activation 887431 0.26 kg (0.57 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Operating medium ................................................................CO2 Union KOR 10/6-PL A3C ................................................755260
Working pressure .................................max. 140 bar (2030 psi) (reduction on to precision steel pipe 6 x 1)
Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) as well as fastening material
Connection ......................................precision steel pipe 10 x 1
Material ............................................................steel, galvanized
Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Application
The test connection is used for the connection of the test device
pneumatic control (3.6 kg / 7.1 kg) to pilot pipes.

Functional description
With the test connection it is possible to connect the test device
pneumatic control in an easy way.
Because of the robust bracket with the three bores ø7mm it is
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

possible to screw the test connection with one or two screws

e.g. on a wall or the cylinder rack. Hole pattern

Included in delivery
Union VEE 10 LR A3C ....................................................887428
Adapter plug coupling test connection ...........................826709
Protective cap not shown
Bracket test connection pneum. ....................................887429
Protective cap PVC DN6 TF14NV06 .............................827544
Product information test connection pn. activation ........887430
211-480_003 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 184
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

System accessories

Cylinder lifting device Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 578022: Cylinder lifting device

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Cylinder lifting device 578022 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Lift without extension ............................approx. 70 mm (2.76") Extension cylinder lifting device .........886288, see system accessories
with extension ...............................approx. 120 mm (4.72")
Material .......................................................................aluminium

Application
Assembly tool for assembly and disassembly of steel cylinders
in cylinder racks.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

67 (2.64)
22 (0.87)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

114 (4.49)
512 (20.16)
120 (4.72)
84 (3.31)
211-710_001 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 185
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

System accessories

Extension cylinder lifting device Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886288: Extension cylinder lifting device

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Extension cylinder lifting device 886288 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)

Technical data Included in delivery

Material .......................................................................aluminium Extension cylinder lifting device complete with wing nuts
DIN 316 - M8x20

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

View: A
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
211-710_002 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 186
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label Approvals
CO2 - Feuerlöschanlage no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 240754: sign CO2-Feuerlöschanlage-Alu

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Weight
Designation Material Directional marker Part no.
kg (lbs)

without 240754
Alu 0.34 (0.75)
with 245790
Label CO2 - Feuerlöschanlage
without 860292
PVC 0.03 (0.07)
with 861673

Directional marker
PVC - 247803 -
(for spare)

Technical data
Material ..................aluminium plate 1 mm (0.04") thickness or Style PVC self adhesive:
............................PVC self adhesive 0.2 mm (0.008") thickness Temperature range ..............-20 °C to +80 °C (-4 °F to 176 °F)
Ground .............................................................RAL9002 - white Glue ...................................................permanent, sticking firmly
Script ................................................................RAL9005 - black Storage of glue layer ................................................min. 3 years
Script type ..........................................................faced DIN1451 Finish ..............................................................................brilliant
Margin ........................................25 mm (0.98"), RAL3000 - red For glass, plastic structured cast metal, and varnished
surfaces.
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
214-710_002 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 187
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label Approvals
MINIMAX no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 352070: Sign MINIMAX PVC self-adhesive

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Weight
Designation Part no.
kg (lbs)

Label Minimax PVC - selbstklebend 352070 0.008 (0.018)

Label Minimax (100x20) 759897 0.001 (0.002)

Label Minimax 664889 0.001 (0.002)

Technical data
Material ................PVC self adhesive 0.2 mm (0.008") thickness Glue ....................................................permanent, sticking firmly
......................label Minimax (100x20) 0.1 mm (0.004") thickness Storage of glue layer ................................................min. 3 years
Ground ................................................................RAL3000 - red For structured cast metal surfaces, and powdered/varnished
Script ..................................................................................white surfaces.
Temperature range ..............-20 °C to +80 °C (-4 °F to 176 °F)

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Label Minimax PVC - selbstklebend Label Minimax (100x20) Label Minimax

214-710_003 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 188
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label CE Approvals
CO2 high pressure system no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886457: Sign CE CO2-high pressure system

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Label CE CO2 high pressure system 886457 0.04 kg (0.09 lbs)

Odering hints Application

The order has to specified with year of construction and To the CE marking of the fire extinguishing system in
PSP element. accordance with EC-Directives e.g. Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC.
Technical data
Material .........................aluminium plate 1 mm (0.04") thickness Not included in delivery
Ground ..........................................................aluminium (colour) Fastening material
Script / lines .........................................................................black
Script type ..................................................................Helvetica

Dimension drawing
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimensions in mm (inch)
108 (4.25) ø3.5 (ø0.14)
110 (4.33)

98 (3.86)
214-710_004 / AI01 / 2018-Nov-08 / en

120 (4.72)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 189
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label Approvals
for CO2 protected area - PVC no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 858300: Label f.CO2-gesch.Raum-PVC

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Label für CO2 - geschützten Raum - PVC 858300

0.02 kg (0.04 lbs)
Label für CO2 protected area - PVC 886613

Technical data
Material ..................PVC self adhesive 0.2 mm (0.01") thickness Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +80 °C (-4 °F to 176 °F)
Ground ............................................................RAL1004 - yellow Glue ....................................................permanent, sticking firmly
Picture ..............................................................RAL9011 - black Storage of glue layer ................................................min. 3 years
Sscript ...............................................................RAL9011 - black Finish ...............................................................................brilliant
Script type ..................................modern times-onamental type, For glass, plastic structured cast metal, and varnished
...............................................medium faced DIN30640 part 2 surfaces.
Script height .......................................................8 mm (0.315")
Margin ..............................................................RAL9011 - black

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch) Label for CO2 geschützten Raum - PVC Label for CO2 protected area - PVC
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-710_005 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 190
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

System accessories

Label Gaslöschanlage/Lebensgefahr Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 930906: Label Gaslöschanlage/Lebensgefahr

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Gas-Löschanlage
Bei Feueralarm oder
Ausströmen von Löschgas
Raum sofort verlassen!
Lebensgefahr!

Label Part no. Weight

Label Gaslöschanlage/Lebensgefahr 930906 0.02 kg (0.04 lbs)

Technical data
Material ..................PVC self adhesive 0.2 mm (0.01") thickness Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +80 °C (-4 °F to +176 °F)
Ground ............................................................RAL1003 - yellow Glue .....................................................................sticking firmly
Picture ..............................................................RAL9004 - black Storage of glue layer ................................................min. 3 years
Sscript ...............................................................RAL9004 - black Finish ...............................................................................brilliant
Script type ...Akzidenz-Grotesk, medium faced DIN1451 - 2 C 7 For glass, plastic structured cast metal, and varnished
Script height ...........................................................7 mm (0.28") surfaces.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

390 (15.35)
211-710_021 / AI00 / 2018-Nov-14 / en

930906 Rev00

220 (11.42)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 191
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label W9 - Alu Approvals

Warning of danger no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 858293: Sign W9 ALU-GEPRÄGT

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Label W9 - Alu
858293 0.07 kg (0.15 lbs)
Warning of danger

Technical data
Material .......................aluminium plate 0,5 mm (0,02") thickness Style ..................................................................................striked
Ground .............................................................RAL1004 - yellow Type W9 "Warning of danger", DIN4844 part 1 sheet 14.
Picture ...............................................................RAL9011 - black
Border .......................................17 mm (0,67"), RAL9011 - black

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-710_006 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 192
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label - CO2- Alu Approvals

für CO2- geschützten Raum no approval required

SAP designation
part no.114928: Sign f.CO2-gesch.Raum-Alu

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Label - CO2 - Alu für CO2 - geschützten Raum 114928 0.8 kg (1.76 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Material ......................aluminium plate 0.5 mm (0.02") thickness Fastening material
Ground ..........................................................RAL1004 - yellow
Script ...............................................................RAL9011 - black
Script type ..............................ornamental type, faced DIN1451
Script height .......................................................16 mm (0.63")
Margin .............................................................RAL9011 - black

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-710_007 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 193
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label - CO2- Alu Approvals

Reparaturarbeiten CO2 no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 115088: Sign Reparaturarbeiten CO2-Alu

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Label - CO2 - Alu Reparaturarbeiten CO2 115088 0.08 kg (0.18 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Material ......................aluminium plate 0.5 mm (0.02") thickness Fastening material
Ground ..........................................................RAL1004 - yellow
Script ...............................................................RAL9011 - black
Script type ..............................ornamental type, faced DIN1451
Script height .......................................................16 mm (0.63")
Margin .............................................................RAL9011 - black

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-710_008 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 194
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Labels - CO2- Alu Approvals

Carbon Dioxide no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 886486: Sign "Carbon Dioxide ... vacate imme-
diately"

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Text Weight

WARNING
- CARBON DIOXIDE GAS -
Cabone Dioxide ... vacate immediately 886486
WHEN ALARM OPERATES
VACATE IMMEDIATELY.
WARNING
- CARBON DIOXIDE GAS -
Cabone Dioxide ... until ventilated 886487 0.8 kg (0.18 lbs)
WHEN ALARM OPERATES
DO NOT ENTER UNTIL VENTILATED.

CAUTION
CARBON DIOXIDE DISCHARGE INTO
Cabone Dioxide ... vacate immediately 886488 A NEARBY SPACE MAY COLLECT
HERE. WHEN ALARM OPERATES
VACATE IMMEDIATELY.

Technical data Not included in delivery

Material ......................aluminium plate 0.5 mm (0.02") thickness Fastening material
Ground ..........................................................RAL1004 - yellow
Script ...............................................................RAL9011 - black
Script type ..............................ornamental type, faced DIN1451
Script height .......................................................16 mm (0.63")
Margin .............................................................RAL9011 - black
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
214-710_009 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 195
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label NFPA 12 Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 887803: Label NFPA 12 Every protected space -
PVC

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Weight
Designation Material Part no. Text
kg (lbs)

PVC 887803 0.08 (0.18)

Carbon dioxide gas
Label NFPA 12 "Every can cause injury or death.
Alu 887810 0.13 (0.29)
protected space" When alarm operates,
vacate immediately.
XCrNi 887817 0.38 (0.84)

PVC 887805 Carbon dioxide gas 0.08 (0.18)

can cause injury or death.
Label NFPA 12 "Every
Alu 887811 When alarm operates, 0.13 (0.29)
entrance" do not enter
XCrNi 887818 until ventilated. 0.38 (0.84)

PVC 887806 Carbon dioxide gas 0.08 (0.18)

can cause injury or death.
Label NFPA 12 "Every
Alu 887812 When alarm operates or 0.13 (0.29)
entrance wintergreen" wintergreen scent is detected,
XCrNi 887819 do not enter until ventilated. 0.38 (0.84)

PVC 887807 Carbon dioxide gas discharge into nearby 0.08 (0.18)
space can collect here. When alarm
Label NFPA 12 "Every nearby Alu 887813 0.13 (0.29)
operates, vacate immediately.
space" Carbon dioxide gas
XCrNi 887820 can cause injury or death. 0.38 (0.84)

PVC 887808 Carbon dioxide gas can cause injury or 0.08 (0.18)
death. Ventilate the area before entering.
Label NFPA 12 "Outside each
Alu 887814 A high carbon dioxide gas concentration 0.13 (0.29)
entrance" can occur in this area and can cause
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

XCrNi 887821 suffocation. 0.38 (0.84)

PVC 887809 Carbon dioxide gas can cause injury or 0.08 (0.18)
death. Actuation of this device causes
Each manual actuation station Alu 887815 carbon dioxide to discharge. Before 0.13 (0.29)
actuating, be sure personnel are clear
XCrNi 887822 of the area. 0.38 (0.84)

Technical data
Material PVC ....PVC self adhesive 0,2 mm (0,008") thickness Style PVC self adhesive:
Alu ................aluminium plate 1 mm (0,04") thickness Temperature range ...............-20 °C to +80 °C (-4 °F to 176 °F)
XCrNi ..stainless steel (1.4571) 1 mm (0,04") thickness Glue ...................................................permanent, sticking firmly
214-720_010 / AI00_2015en

Ground .............................................................RAL9003 - white Storage of glue layer................................................min. 3 years

Script / lines .....................................................RAL9004 - black For glass, plastic structured cast metal, and varnished sur-
Script type ...................................................Helvetica semi-bold faces.

Not included in delivery

Label Alu / XCrNi: fastening material
1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 196
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label NFPA 12

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-720_010 / AI00_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 197
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label 260 danger to life Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 597505: Sign 260 LEBENSGEFAHR

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Label 260 danger to life 597505 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs)

Technical data Not included in delivery

Material ........................aluminium plate 1 mm (0,04") thickness Fastening material
Ground .........................................................RAL1012 - yellow
Script ................................................................................black
Script type ...........................Helvetica, medium faced DIN 1451

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-710_011 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 198
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

System accessories CO2

Label Approvals
locking pin - valve lever no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 858220: Sign Sicherung - Ventilhebel

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Label locking pin - valve lever 858220 0.003 kg (0.006 lbs)

Technical data
Material ..................PVC self adhesive 0,1 mm (0,04") thickness
Ground ...........................................................RAL1004 - yellow
Script ...............................................................RAL9011 - black
Script type .............................................Helvetica medium face
Margin .............................................................RAL9011 - black

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-710_012 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 199
 Product Sheet | Gas

Inert gas extinguishing technology

Mounting accessories

Hoocked wrench for coupling HD Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 886283: Hooked wrench for coupling HD DN50

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Bezeichnung Art.-Nr. Gewicht

DN50 886283 0,6 kg (1,3 lbs)

Hakenschlüssel für Kupplung HD
DN65 886284 1,1 kg (2,4 lbs)

Technical data Application

Material .............................................................steel, galvanized Assembly tool for coupling HD DN50 part no. 886187 and
coupling HD DN65 part no. 886188 (see pipe coupling).

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

DN L1 L2 L1
50 154 (6.1) 250 (9.8) 10 (0.39)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

65 153 (6.0) 275 (10.8) 15 (0.59)

211-720_002 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 200
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Assembly accessories CO2

Support for weighing device Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
Part no. 771328: Support weighing device

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Support for weighing device 771328 0.012 kg (0.026 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Material ............................................wire 2,5A DIN2076 - 1.0500 Dimensions in mm (inch)

Application
- Ease of assembling / disassembling of the steel cylinder
- Prevention of loss indication during cylinder assembling /
cylinder disassembling

Mounting example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-720_001 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 201
 Product Sheet | Gas

Extinguishing technology CO2 HP

Assembly accessories CO2

Support weighing device PAE Approvals

no approval required

SAP designation
part no. 886350: Support weighing device PAE

Maintenance
maintenance-free

Designation Part no. Weight

Support weighing device PAE 886350 0.02 kg (0.04 lbs)

Technical data Dimension drawing

Material ....................................spring wire, EN 10270-1-2,5 Z Dimensions in mm (inch)

Application
- Ease of assembling / disassembling of the pilot cylinder (PAE)
resp. extinguishing agent cylinder (one-cylinder system)
- Prevention of loss indication during cylinder assembling /
cylinder disassembling

Mounting example
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
214-720_002 / AI01_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 202
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Pipe welded connection

Pipe welded connection DN50 - 200

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 786520: Pipe 60,3x2,3 St37.0-A-50-2458

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Application Test
Test Colour
DN Part no. pressure Surface1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 certificate coding
bar (psi)
50 • • • 786520 50 (725) 2.2 A gold
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
65 • • • 247396 50 (725) 2.2 A gold
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
80 • 841150 210 (3046) 3.1 A orange
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
• 860115 50 (725) 2.2 A gold
100
• • 773209 50 (725) 2.2 A gold
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
125 • 860127 50 (725) 3.1 A gold
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
• 858281 50 (725) 3.1 A gold
150
• • 773210 50 (725) 3.1 A gold
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
• 102429 50 (725) 3.1 A gold
200
• 773222 50 (725) 3.1 A gold
1) A= steel pipe, black (blank)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Application Note
1 = CO2 LP system ...........................................30 bar (435 psi) With CO2 LP systems may be welded branches only from a
2 = CO2 LP manifold socket ..............................30 bar (435 psi) combination of pipes of the column 2 and 8.
3 = CO2 HD / Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541 downsystem piping and
Halocarbon / ConstantFlow (CF) system .....60 bar (870 psi) Example:
4 = CO2 HP shipbuilding ................................100 bar (1450 psi)
5 = CO2 HP upstream piping ..........................140 bar (2031 psi)
6 = Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541 - upstream piping ...235 bar (3408 psi)
7 = Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541 -
300 bar HP upstream piping .....................365 bar (5294 psi)
8 = CO2 LP base manifold ..................................30 bar (435 psi)
280-110_001 / AI00_2015de

9 = CO2 HP base manifold .............................140 bar (2031 psi)

CO2 LP pipes without welding branches are to be taken from

column 1.

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 203
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Welding fitting and flange

Pipe fittings

Test
Application Weight
Designation DN Part no. Style 1) certificate
1 2 EN 10204 kg (lbs)
50 / 60.3 - • 123284 VA 2.2 0.16 (0.35)

Bottom 65 / 76.1 - • 123296 VA 2.2 0.22 (0.49)

DIN 28011 80 / 88.9 - • 123302 VA 2.2 0.33 (0.73)

80 / 88.9 • - 886349 VA 3.1 0.68 (1.50)

100 / 114.3 - • 830572 VA 2.2 0.66 (1.46)

100 / 114.3 • - 888964 VA 3.1 1.44 (3.17)

125 / 139.7 - • 830584 VA 3.1 0.95 (2.09)

150 / 168.3 - • 660434 VA 3.1 1.5 (3.31)

200 / 219.1 - • 660446 VA 3.1 2.8 (6.17)

32 / 42.4 - • 122036 OF 2.2 0.20 (0.44)

Elbow 90° 40 / 48.3 - • 122048 OF 2.2 0.27 (0.6)

DIN 2605 T1 50 / 60.3 - • 122061 OF 2.2 0.45 (0.99)

65 / 76.1 - • 122097 OF 2.2 0.80 (1.76)

65 / 76.1 • - 810620 MF 3.1 1.45 (3.20)

80 / 88.9 - • 123041 MF 2.2 1.3 (2.87)

80 / 88.9 • - 810631 MF 3.1 2.9 (6.39)

100 / 114.3 - • 830596 MF 2.2 2.5 (5.51)

100 / 114.3 • - 888965 MF 3.1 5.5 (12.13)

125 / 139.7 - • 830602 MF 3.1 4.4 (9.7)

150 / 168.3 - • 830614 MF 3.1 6,7 (14,77)

200 / 219.1 - • 123235 MF 3.1 14.7 (32.41)

50 / 60.3 - • 842846 OF 2.2 0.45 (0.99)

Elbow 90°
65 / 76.1 - • 842493 OF 2.2 0.80 (1.76)
DIN 2605 T1
80 / 88.9 - • 842494 MF 2.2 1.3 (2.87)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

100 / 114.3 - • 842495 MF 2.2 2.5 (5.51)

125 / 139.7 - • 842496 MF 3.1 4.4 (9.7)

150 / 168.3 - • 842497 MF 3.1 6.7 (14.77)

blasted 200 / 219.1 - • 842498 MF 3.1 14.7 (32.41)

1) VA = chamfer external, OF = without chamfer, MF= with chamfer

Application SAP designation

1 = CO2 HP upstream piping .......................140 bar (2030 psi) part no. 123284: Bottom DIN28011-60,3x3-VA
CO2 HD - manifold ..................................140 bar (2030 psi)
280-120_001 / AI00_2015en

Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541 ConstantFlow (CF) - manifold ..60 bar (870 psi) Maintenance
Halocarbon (HFC 227ea) - manifold .............60 bar (870 psi) functional check within the framework of system-specific
Halocarbon (FK-5-1-12) - manifold .............60 bar (870 psi) functional test
2 = CO2 LP system ...........................................30 bar (435 psi)
Finish ....................................................................black (blank)

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 204
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Welding fitting and flange

Pipe fittings

Test
Application Weight
Designation DN Part no. Style 1) certificate
1 2 EN 10204 kg (lbs)
76.1 x 60.3 - • 123259 OF 2.2 0.46 (1.01)

Reducer 88.9 x 48.3 - • 591886 MF 2.2 0.56 (1.23)

DIN 2616 T2 88.9 x 60.3 - • 205220 MF 2.2 0.56 (1.23)

88.9 x 76.1 - • 123417 MF 2.2 0.54 (1.19)

114.3 x 60.3 - • 830766 MF 2.2 1.0 (2.2)

114.3 x 76.1 - • 830730 MF 2.2 1.0 (2.2)

114.3 x 88.9 - • 123442 MF 2.2 0.95 (2.09)

139.7 x 60.3 - • 830780 MF 3.1 1.6 (3.53)

139.7 x 76.1 - • 830810 MF 3.1 1.7 (3.75)

139.7 x 88.9 - • 830821 MF 3.1 1.7 (3.75)

139.7 x 114.3 - • 830845 MF 3.1 1.7 (3.75)

168.3 x 60.3 - • 830869 MF 3.1 2.5 (5.51)

168.3 x 76.1 - • 830882 2) MF 3.1 2.5 (5.51)

168.3 x 88.9 - • 830900 MF 3.1 2.5 (5.51)

concentric style 168.3 x 114.3 - • 830948 MF 3.1 2.5 (5.51)

168.3 x 139.7 - • 215497 MF 3.1 2.6 (5.73)

1) VA = chamfer external, OF = without chamfer, MF= with chamfer

2) similar DIN 2616
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
280-120_001 / AI00_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 205
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Welding fitting and flange

Welding neck flange DIN 2638 - PN160

SAP designation
part no. 786592: Flange DIN2638-E65x76,1-C22.8

Maintenance
Visual check during the maintenance intervals specific to the
fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Weight
Designation DN Part no.
kg (lbs)

65 786592 8.4 (18.5)

Welding neck flange DIN2638 - PN160 80 810618 9.8 (21.6)
100 888963 14.8 (32.6)

Technical Data Dimension drawing

Welding neck flange............acc. to DIN2638 - PN160 (2320 psi) Dimensions in mm
Flange connection...............acc. to DIN2501 - PN160 (2320 psi)
Material ............................................................................C22.8
ød

all assemblies with test certificate acc. to DIN EN 10204 - 3.1

Note
Flanges without protective varnish and without coating.
øD
øk

Welded joints
Electrode TK 2,5 .............................................................759873
PN160
Electrode TK 3,25 ...........................................................759885 DN
ØD ød b ØK H Screws
Application 65 220 26 34 170 82 8 x M24
Welding neck flange DIN 2638 - PN160 for flange connection in: b 80 230 26 36 180 86 8 x M24
- CO2- high pressure fire extinguishing systems 100 265 30 40 210 100 8 x M27
- Argon-, Nitrogen-, IG-55-, IG-541- fire extinguishing systems H
with ConstantFlow (CF)
- Halocarbon fire extinguishing systems
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Not included in delivery

hex. screws, hex. nuts and gasket see selection table

Selection table flange connections PN160

Steel pipe Pos. 1 2 3 4

Flange Hex. srew Hex. nut Gasket
DN
DIN2638 DIN931 DIN934 PN160
786592 773647
280-120_003 / AI02_2017en

65
E65x76,1–C22.8 789556 786610 C4400
810618 M24 x 100 M24 773659
80
E80x88,8–C22.8 C4400
1 4 888963 888959 810680 773684
100
E100x114,3–C22.8 M27 x 130 M27 C4400
2 3

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 206
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Pipe threaded connection

Pipe threaded connection DN15 - 80

SAP designation
e.g. part no. 776685: Pipe 21,3x2,6 St37.0-B-90-2458

Maintenance
Functional check during the maintenance intervals specific to
the fire extinguishing system, but at least annually.

Application Test
Test Colour
DN Part no. pressure Surface1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 certificate coding
bar
15 • • 776685 90 3.1 B blue
15 • 840958 210 3.1 B orange
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
20 • • 776697 90 3.1 B blue
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
25 • • 872766 50 3.1 A gold
25 • • 776703 90 3.1 B blue
25 • 840983 210 3.1 B orange
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
32 • • 776715 90 3.1 B blue
32 • • 872778 50 3.1 A gold
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
40 • • 872780 50 3.1 A gold
40 • • 776727 90 3.1 B blue
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
50 • • 776739 90 3.1 B blue
50 • 841057 210 3.1 A orange
50 • 886346 210 3.1 B orange
50 • 885208 353 3.1 B red
50 • 886126 548 3.1 B purple
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
65 • • 776740 90 3.1 B blue
65 • 857616 210 3.1 A orange
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

65 • 886347 210 3.1 B orange

65 • 885209 353 3.1 B red
65 • 886124 548 3.1 B purple
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
80 • • 847874 90 3.1 B blue
80 • • • 776788 50 3.1 A gold
80 • 841148 90 3.1 A blue
1) A = Steel pipe, black (blank) B = Steel pipe, thermal galvanized

Application
280-210_001 / AI01_2017en

1 = CO2 LP system ...........................................30 bar (435 psi) 5 = CO2 HP upstream piping ..........................140 bar (2031 psi)
2 = CO2 LP manifold socket ..............................30 bar (435 psi) 6 = Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541 - upstream piping ...235 bar (3408 psi)
3 = CO2 HD / Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541 downsystem piping and 7 = Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541 -
Halocarbon / ConstantFlow (CF) system .....60 bar (870 psi) 300 bar HP upstream piping .....................365 bar (5294 psi)
4 = CO2 HP shipbuilding ...............................100 bar (1450 psi) 8 = CO2 LP base manifold ..................................30 bar (435 psi)
9 = CO2 HP base manifold .............................140 bar (2031 psi)
1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 207
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting threaded connection

Fittings - type D, EN 10242 galvanized

Weight Weight
Designation Feature Part no. Designation Feature Part no.
kg (lbs) kg (lbs)
1/2 747921 0.09 (0.20) 1/2 749887 0.05 (0.11)
Elbow A1 3/4 747933 0.14 (0.31) Cap T1 3/4 749899 0.08 (0.18)
1 747945 0.19 (0.42) 1 749905 0.11 (0.24)
1.1/4 747957 0.35 (0.77) 1.1/4 749917 0.17 (0.37)
1.1/2 747969 0.38 (0.84) 1.1/2 749929 0.23 (0.51)
2 747970 0.59 (1.30) 2 749930 0.38 (0.84)
2x1 790307 0.54 (1.14) 2.1/2 757724 0.62 (1.37)
2.1/2 757694 0.94 (2.07) 3 764800 0.84 (1.85)
3 886833 1.63 (3.59) 1/2 757669 0.22 (0.49)
Elbow A4-45° 1/2 886491 0.08 (0.18) Union U11 3/4 749942 0.27 (0.6)
1 749954 0.36 (0.79)
1.1/4 749966 0.61 (1.34)
1.1/2 749978 0.75 (1.65)
2 749980 1.24 (2.73)
1/2 747982 0.12 (0.26)
2.1/2 819040 1.84 (4.06)
3/4 747994 0.17 (0.37)
3 886837 2.50 (5.51)
T B1 1 749516 0.30 (0.66)
Union U12 1/2 818540 0.20 (0.44)
1.1/4 749530 0.44 (0.97)
1.1/2 749577 0.50 (1.10)
2 749590 0.92 (2.03)
2.1/2 777422 1.56 (3.44)
3 886097 2.19 (4.83) 1/2 x 1/4 749644 0.04 (2.29)
3/4 x 1/2 x 3/4 748007 0.15 (0.33) 3/4 x 1/2 749656 0.05 (2.31)
1 x 1/2 x 1 888063 0.32 (0.71) Reducing nipple N4 1 x 3/8 768994 0.10 (0.22)
1 x 3/4 x 1 749528 0.26 (0.57) 1 x 1/2 749668 0.10 (0.22)
1.1/4 x 3/4 x 1 749541 0.27 (0.60) 1 x 3/4 749670 0.08 (0.18)
1.1/4 x 1/2 x 1.1/4 888064 0.40 (0.88) 1.1/4 x 3/4 749681 0.16 (0.35)
1.1/4 x 3/4 x 1.1/4 749553 0.29 (0.64) 1.1/4 x 1 749693 0.13 (0.29)
1.1/4 x 1 x 1.1/4 749565 0.33 (0.73) 1.1/2 x 3/4 749700 0.22 (0.49)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

1.1/2 x 1/2 x 1.1/2 888065 0.47 (1.04) 1.1/2 x 1 749711 0.20 (0.44)
1.1/2 x 3/4 x 1.1/2 749589 0.36 (0.79) 1.1/2 x 1.1/4 749723 0.13 (0.29)
2 x 1/2 x 2 888066 0.72 (1.59) 2x1 749735 0.41 (0.90)
2 x 3/4 x 2 888068 0.70 (1.54) 2 x 1.1/4 749747 0.35 (0.77)
2x1x2 749607 0.55 (1.21) 2 x 1.1/2 749759 0.27 (0.6)
2 x 1.1/4 x 2 790186 0.61 (1.34) 2.1/2 x 2 757980 0.49 (1.08)
2 x 1.1/2 x 2 790198 0.65 (1.43) 3 x 2.1/2 886835 0.65 (1.43)
Plug T9 1/2 817984 0.05 (0.11) Hex. nipple, 1/2 x 1/4 857008 0.05 (0.11)
reduced N8
1 818654 0.12 (0.26)
280-220_001 / AI00_2015en

1.1/4 818666 0.20 (0.44)

1.1/2 818678 0.23 (0.51)
2 759800 0.37 (0.82)

1/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 208
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting threaded connection

Fittings - type D, EN 10242 galvanized

Weight Weight
Designation Feature Part no. Designation Feature Part no.
kg (lbs) kg (lbs)
1/2 749826 0.07 (0.15) 1/2 749760 0.06 (0.13)
Hex. nipple N8 Socket M2
3/4 749838 0.10 (0.22) 3/4 749772 0.08 (0.18)
1 749840 0.15 (0.33) 1 749784 0.12 (0.26)
1.1/4 749851 0.23 (0.51) 1.1/4 749796 0.19 (0.42)
1.1/2 749863 0.30 (0.66) 1.1/2 749802 0.26 (0.57)
2 749875 0.48 (1.06) 2 749814 0.42 (0.93)
1 x 3/4 749619 0.12 (0.26) 2.1/2 762372 0.66 (1.46)
Socket, reduced M2
1.1/4 x 3/4 749620 0.19 (0.42) 3 886834 1.10 (2.43)
2 x 1.1/4 749632 0.45 (0.99)

Technical Data Application

Test pressure ..............................160 bar (2320 psi), single test • CO2 high pressure downstream piping ..........60 bar (870 psi)
...................................................or 300 bar (4351 psi), type test • CO2 low pressure system ..............................30 bar (435 psi)
Operating temperature ..............................up to -50 °C (-58 °F) • Ar / N2 / IG-55 / IG-541:
Material .....................................malleable cast iron, galvanized - downstream piping (after pressure reducer) ......60 bar (870 psi)
...................................EN-GJMB-350-10 oder EN-GJMW-400-5 - ConstantFlow (CF) system .........................60 bar (870 psi)
Test certificate ....................................................EN 10204 - 2.2 • Halocarbon (HFC 227ea) system ..................60 bar (870 psi)
Marking .............................with stamped D and red colour point • Halocarbon (FK-5-1-12) system ....................60 bar (870 psi)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.
280-220_001 / AI00_2015en

2/2
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 209
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Pilot pipe

Pipe for extinguishing pipework and

pilot pipes

SAP designation
part no. 823563: Pipe 6x1 B-210-2394/1

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Nominal Test pressure Weight

Designation Part no.
diameter bar (psi) kg (lbs)

16x1 B-210-2394/1 823563 1) DN4 210 (3045) 0.3 (0.06)

Pipe 10x1 B-210-2394/1 823575 1) DN8 210 (3045) 0.22 (0.10)

15x1.5 B-90-2391 240020 DN12 90 (1305) 0.50 (0.23)

1) Marked by black heat shrink sleeve at both pipe ends

Technical Data Application

Material ............................................................steel, galvanized Precision steel pipe are used for extinguishing pipework and
Pipe 6 x 1 and 10 x 1 .....................................acc. to DIN2394 pilot pipes in:
15 x 1.5 .................................................acc. to DIN2391 - CO2- high pressure fire extinguishing systems
Test certificate .....EN 10204 - 3.1 (material and pressure test) - CO2- low pressure fire extinguishing systems
- Argon-, Nitrogen-, IG-55-, IG-541 fire extinguishing systems
- Halocarbon fire extinguishing systems

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Pipe d s
6x1 6 (0.24) 1 (0.04)
10x1 10 (0.39) 1 (0.04)
15x1.5 15 (0.59) 1.5 (0.06)
280-310_001 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 210
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting pilot pipe

Unions - stock list

Weight
Feature Part no. Series Pipe o.d.
kg (lbs)

G - Union G 06-PL A3C 125920 06 0.034 (0.07)

L
G 10-PL A3C 125943 10 0.062 (0.14)
PN315
G 15-PL A3C 125931 15 0.138 (0.3)

SV - Bulkhead union SV 06-PL Ms 822900 06 0.064 (0.14)

L
SV 10-PL Ms 822893 10 0.114 (0.25)
PN315
SV 10-PL A3C 212010 10 0.106 (0.23)

W - Elbow union W 06-PL A3C 125797 06 0.052 (0.11)

L
W 10-PL A3C 174678 10 0.096 (0.21)
PN315
W 15-PL A3C 125815 15 0.160 (0.35)

T - Union tee T 06-PL A3C 125633 06 0.070 (0.15)

L
T 10-PL A3C 125645 10 0.126 (0.28)
PN315
T 15-PL A3C 125669 15 0.230 (0.51)

L
K - Union cross K 10-PL A3C 841744 PN315
10 0.134 (0.3)

RHD - Non-return valve RHD 06-PL A3K 125980 L 06 0.068 (0.15)

RHD 10-PL A3K 125992 PN250 10 0.142 (0.31)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

L
MAV - Pressure gauge connector MAV 06-PLR A3C 126054 PN315
06 0.046 (0.1)
S
MAV 10-PSR A3C 126078 PN630
10 0.120 (0.26)

GE - Male stud connector GE 06-PLR-ED A3C 125566 06 0.026 (0.06)

L
GE 10-PLR-ED A3C 174666 10 0.048 (0.11)
PN315
GE 15-PLR-ED A3C 125610 15 0.116 (0.26)
280-320_001 / AI00_2015en

GE 06-PSR-ED A3C 125578 S 06 0.054 (0.12)

GE 10-PSR-ED A3C 125608 PN630 10 0.088 (0.19)

1/6
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 211
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting pilot pipe

Unions - stock list

Weight
Feature Part no. Series Pipe o.d.
kg (lbs)

EVGE - Swivel connector EVGE 10-PLR-ED A3C 841732 L 10 0.047 (0.1)

EVGE 15-PLR-ED A3C 886237 PN250 15 0.123 (0.27)

WE - Male stud elbow WE 06-PLR A3C 125761 06 0.040 (0.09)

L
WE 10-PLR A3C 125750 PN315
10 0.082 (0.18)
WE 15-PLR Ms-DPR 840752 15 0.150 (0.33
S
WE 06-PSR A3C 125773 PN400
06 0.074 (0.16)
L
TE - Male stud branch TE 15-PLR A3C 814971 PN315
15 0.200 (0.44)

LE - Male stud run tee LE 06-PLR A3C 125876 L 06 0.051 (0.11)

PN315
LE 10-PLR A3C 125890 10 0.112 (0.25)

L
EVW - Standpipe elbow EVW 15-PL A3C 886238 PN315
15 0.165 (0.36)

S
EVT - Standpipe branch tee EVT 06-S A3C 886406 PN630
06 0.102 (0.22)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

L
EVL - Standpipe run tee EVL 06-PL A3C 786956 PN315
06 0.058 (0.13)

M - Nut M 06-L A3C 173959 06 0.010 (0.020)

M 10-L A3C 126133 L 10 0.016 (0.04)
M 15-L Ms 861820 15 0.045 (0.1)
280-320_001 / AI00_2015en

M 06-S A3C 829656 S 06 0.017 (0.04)

2/6
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 212
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting pilot pipe

Unions - stock list

Weight
Feature Part no. Series Pipe o.d.
kg (lbs)

DPR - Progressive ring DPR 06-L/S A3D 208208 06 0.002 (0.0044)

L/S
DPR 10-L/S A3D 126091 10 0.002 (0.0044)

VKA - Blanking plug for cones VKA 06-L A3C 885373 06 0.005 (0.001)
VKA 10-L A3C 815008 L PN315 0.014 (0.0031)
VKA 15-L A3C 814983 15 0.030 (0.07)

VSTI - Blanking plug for ports VSTI R1/4-ED A3C 776387 - 0.018 (0.04)
PN400
VSTI R1/2-ED A3C 774822 - 0.045 (0.1)

RI - Thread reducer/expander RI 1/2 x 3/4 A3C 751060 - 0.180 (0.4)

PN400
RI 1/2 x 1 A3C 704059 - 0.164 (0.36)

KOR - Tube end reducer KOR 08/06-PL A3C 886263 08/06 0.039 (0.09)
KOR 10/06-PL A3C 755260 L PN315 10/06 0.044 (0.1)
KOR 15/10-PL A3C 755259 15/10 0.088 (0.19)

L
EDKOR - Straight reducer connection EDKOR 10L/15L A3C 886612 PN400
10/15 0.094 (0.21)
with taper
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Explanation Feature

e. g. Series L .............................................................................light
S ..........................................................................heavy
Material A3C ..............steel, galvanized, yellow chrome dulled
A3K .................steel, galvanized, blue chrome dulled
A3D ...............steel, galvanized, green chrome dulled
Ms .....................................................................brass
280-320_001 / AI00_2015en

3/6
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 213
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting pilot pipe

Unions - stock list

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)

G - Union SV - Bulkhead union W - Elbow union T - Union tee

K - Union cross RHD - Non-return valve MAV - Pressure gauge connector GE - Male stud connector

Feature S1 S2 S3 L1 l1 L2 l2

G 06-PL A3C 12 (0.47) 14 (0.55) - 39 (1.54) 10 (0.39) - -

G 10-PL A3C 17 (0.67) 19 (0.75) - 42 (1.65) 13 (0.51) - -
G 15-PL A3C 24 (0.94) 27 (1.06) - 46 (1.81) 16 (0.63) - -
SV 06-PL Ms 17 (0.67) 14 (0.55) 17 (0.67) 22 (0.87) 7 (0.28) 42 (1.65) 27 (1.06)
SV 10-PL Ms 22 (0.87) 19 (0.75) 22 (0.87) 25 (0.98) 10 (0.39) 43 (1.69) 28 (1.10)
SV 10-PL A3C 22 (0.87) 19 (0.75) 22 (0.87) 25 (0.98) 10 (0.39) 43 (1.69) 28 (1.10)
W 06-PL A3C 14 (0.55) 12 (0.47) - - - 27 (1.06) 12 (0.47)
W 10-PL A3C 19 (0.75) 17 (0.67) - - - 30 (1.18) 15 (0.59)
W 15-PL A3C 27 (1.06) 19 (0.75) - - - 36 (1.42) 21 (0.83)
T 06-PL A3C - 14 (0.55) 12 (0.47) - - 27 (1.06) 12 (0.47)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

T 10-PL A3C - 19 (0.75) 17 (0.67) - - 30 (1.18) 15 (0.59)

T 15-PL A3C - 27 (1.06) 19 (0.75) - - 36 (1.42) 21 (0.83)

S3/
Feature S1 S2 L1 l1/d1 t3/G h3/i d5
D1
K 10-PL A3C - 19 (0.75) 30 (1.18) 14 (0.55) 15 (0.59) - - -
RHD 06-PL A3K 17 (0.67) 24 (0.94) 58 (2.28) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) - - -
RHD 10-PL A3K 22 (0.87) 19 (0.75) 69.5 (2.74) 24 (0.94) 40.5 (1.59) - - -
MAV 06-PLR A3C 19 (0.75) 14 (0.55) 37 (1.46) G1/4 7.5 (0.3) 14.5 (0.57) 4.5 (0.18) 2.5 (0.1)
MAV 10-PSR A3C 27 (1.06) 22 (0.87) 47 (1.85) G1/2 10.5 (0.41) 20 (0.79) 5 (0.197) 7.0 (0.28)
280-320_001 / AI00_2015en

GE 06-PLR-ED A3C 14 (0.55) 14 (0.55) 23 (0.91) - 8.5 (0.33) G1/8 8 (0.31) 14 (0.55)
GE 10-PLR-ED A3C 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 26 (1.02) - 11 (0.43) G1/4 12 (0.47) 19 (0.75)
GE 15-PLR-ED A3C 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 29 (1.14) - 14 (0.55) G1/2 14 (0.55) 27 (1.06)
GE 06-PSR-ED A3C 19 (0.75) 17 (0.67) - 28 (1.10) - - - -
GE 10-PSR-ED A3C 22 (0.87) 22 (0.87) - 31 (1.22) - - - -

4/6
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 214
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting pilot pipe

Unions - stock list

EVGE - Swivel connector WE - Male stud elbow TE - Male stud branch LE - Male stud run tee

EVW - Standpipe elbow EVT - Standpipe branch tee EVL - Standpipe run tee

Feature S1 S2 L1 S3 /D1 t3/G h3/i d5

EVGE 10-PLR-ED A3C 19 (0.75) 19 (0.75) 27.5 (1.08) 10 (0.39) G1/4 12 (0.47) 19 (0.75)
EVGE 15-PLR-ED A3C 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 31 (1.22) 15 (0.59) G1/2 14 (0.55) 27 (1.06)

Feature S1 S2 S3 L1 l1 L2 l2 G/D1 i/d1

WE 06-PLR A3C 14 (0.55) 12 (0.47) - - - 27 (1.06) 12 (0.47) R1/8 -

WE 10-PLR A3C 19 (0.75) 17 (0.67) - - - 30 (1.18) 15 (0.59) R1/4 -
WE 15-PLR Ms-DPR 27 (1.06) 19 (0.75) - - - 36 (1.42) 21 (0.83) R1/2 -
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

WE 06-PSR A3C 17 (0.67) 14 (0.55) - - - 31 (1.22) 16 (0.63) R1/4 -

TE 15-PLR A3C - 27 (1.06) 19 (0.75) - 34 (1.34) 36 (1.42) 21 (0.83) R1/2 14 (0.55)
LE 06-PLR A3C - 14 (0.55) 12 (0.47) 47 (1.85) 20 (0.78) 27 (1.06) 12 (0.47) R1/8 8 (0.31)
LE 10-PLR A3C - 19 (0.75) 17 (0.67) 57 (2.24) 27 (1.06) 30 (1.18) 15 (0.59) R1/4 12 (0.47)
EVW 15-PL A3C - 27 (1.06) 19 (0.75) - 32,5 (1.28) 36 (1.42) 21 (0.83) 15 (0.59) -
EVT 06-S A3C - 17 (0.67) 12 (0.47) - 27 (1.06) 31 (1.22) 16 (0.63) 6 (0.24) -
EVL 06-PL A3C - 14 (0.55) 12 (0.47) 53 (2.09) 26 (1.02) 27 (1.06) 12 (0.47) 6 (0.24) -
M 06-L A3C - 14 (0.55) - - - - - - -
M 10-L A3C - 19 (0.75) - - - - - - -
M 15-L Ms - 27 (1.06) - - - - - - -
280-320_001 / AI00_2015en

M 06-S A3C - 17 (0.67) - - - - - - -

5/6
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 215
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Fitting pilot pipe

Unions - stock list

M - Nut DPR - Progressive ring VKA - Blanking plug for cones VSTI - Blanking plug for ports

RI - Thread reducer/expander KOR - Tube end reducer EDKOR - Straight reducer connection
with taper

Feature S1 S2 M/G i L d1 d2 d3

M 06-L A3C - 14 (0.55) M12x1,5 - 9.5 (0.37) - - 6 (0.24)

M 10-L A3C - 19 (0.75) M16x1,5 - 10 (0.39) - - 10 (0.39)
M 15-L Ms - 27 (1.06) M22x1,5 - 10 (0.39) - - 15 (0.59)
M 06-S A3C - 17 (0.67) M14x1,5 - 9.5 (0.37) - - 6 (0.24)
DPR 06-L/S A3D - - - - 9.5 (0.37) - - 6 (0.24)
DPR 10-L/S A3D - - - - 10 (0.39) - - 10 (0.39)
VKA 06-L A3C - - - - 18.5 (0.73) - - -
VKA 10-L A3C - - - - 20 (0.79) - - -
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

VKA 15-L A3C - - - - 20.5 (0.81) - - -

VSTI R1/4-ED A3C - - G1/4 A 12 (0.47) 17 (0.67) 19 (0.75) 6 (0.24) -
VSTI R1/2-ED A3C - - G1/2 A 14 (0.55) 19 (0.75) 27 (1.06) 10 (0.39) -
RI 1/2 x 3/4 A3C 24.5 (0.96) - G1/2 A 14 (0.55) 46 (1.81) G3/4 - 26 (1.02)
RI 1/2 x 1 A3C 26.5 (1.04) - G1/2 A 14 (0.55) 49 (1.93) G1 - 26 (1.02)
KOR 08/06-PL A3C 17 (0.67) 14 (0.55) M14x1,5 23.5 (0.93) 38 (1.5) 8 (0.31) 6 (0.24) -
KOR 10/06-PL A3C 19 (0.75) 14 (0.55) M16x1,5 23.5 (0.93) 38 (1.5) 10 (0.39) 6 (0.24) -
KOR 15/10-PL A3C 27 (1.06) 19 (0.75) M22x1,5 24.5 (0.96) 39 (1.54) 15 (0.59) 10 (0.39) -
EDKOR 10L/15L A3C 27 (1.06) 19 (0.75) - - ~36 (~1.42) 15 (0.59) 10 (0.39) -
280-320_001 / AI00_2015en

6/6
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 216
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Bracket pilot piping network

Cable clip B16 galv.

SAP designation
part no. 813589: Cable clamp B 16 galvanized

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Designation Part no. Weight

Cable clip B16 galvanized 813589 0.023 kg (0.05 lbs)

Technical Data
Application ............................................................CO2 - systems
Installation ....................................................vertical or horizontal

Installation example:
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Gewicht Gewicht
Pos. Designation Part no. Pos. Designation Part no.
kg (lbs) kg (lbs)
1 steel pipe 6 x 1 - Zista 823563 1) 0.13 (0.29) 6 profil type HM 315-FV-L 811465 2) 1.2 (2.65)
2 steel pipe 10 x 1 - Zista 823575 1) 0.22 (0.49) 7 U - bolt M1-16-01
3 steel pipe 15 x 1,5 - Zista 240020 1) 0.5 (1.1) washer DIN9021 - B8,4 110029 0.006 (0.01)
280-330_001 / AI00_2015en

4 pipe system DN20 - DN200 8 washer DIN9021 - B10,5 110042 0.012 (0.03)
5 cable clip B16 galv. 813589 0.023 (0.05) washer DIN9021 - B13 116123 0.023 (0.05)
1) length on stock 6 m (19.7 ft) 2) length on stock 2 m (6,6 ft)

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 217
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Bracket pilot piping network

Hose clip DIN 3017 and

pipe clip RSGU1.

Weight
Pos. Designation Extinguishing Pipe Part no.
kg (lbs)

S 34/15 DN25 886839 0.01 (0.02)

Hose clip DIN 3017 S 43/9 DN32 870150 0.01 (0.02)
S 49/9 DN40 870162 0.01 (0.02)
1 S 61/15 DN50 870174 0.03 (0.07)
S 77/15 DN65 870186 0.04 (0.09)
S 89/15 DN80 870198 0.04 (0.09)
S 115/20 DN100 870204 0.10 (0.22)
6/15 870230 0.008 (0.02)
DN25
Pipe clip RSGU1. 10/15 870241 0.01 (0.02)
6/9 870216 0.003 (0.01)
DN32 / DN40
10/9 870228 0.004 (0.01)
2
6/15 870230 0.008 (0.02)
DN50 / DN65 / DN80
10/15 870241 0.01 (0.02)
6/20 870253 0.017 (0.04)
DN100
10/20 870265 0.02 (0.04)

Technical Data SAP designation

Finish ..........................................................................galvanized part no. 886839: Hose clip DIN3017-S 34/15 gal Zn
Hose clip e.g. S 34/15 ................clamping range 34 mm (1,34")
......................................................clip band with 15 mm (0,59") Maintenance
Pipe clip RSGU1. e.g. 6/15 .........................for control pipe 6x1, functional check within the framework of system-specific
......................................................clip band with 15 mm (0,59") functional test

Mounting illustation:
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

Pos. 1 hose clip DIN 3017 type S

for extinguishing pipe DN25 - 100

Pos. 2 pipe clip typ RSGU1.

for control pipe 6x1 and 10x1
280-330_002 / AI00_2015en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 218
 Product Sheet | Gas

Pipe element (Special)

Accessories flange connection

Gaskets PN160

SAP designation
part no. 773647: Sealing DN65-PN160

Maintenance
functional check within the framework of system-specific
functional test

Weight
Designation DN Part no.
kg (lbs)

65 773647 0.03 (0.07)

Gasket PN160 80 773659 0.04 (0.09)
100 773684 0.04 (0.09)

Material
Klingersil C4400 asbestos-free, silicone-free

Application
Welding-neck flanges according to DIN2638 - PN160 (2320 psi)

Dimension drawing
Dimensions in mm (inch)
The contents of this publication are subject to modifications without notice. All rights reserved.

DN d1 d2 h
65 70 (2.76) 122 (4.80)
1.5 ±0.2
80 82 (3.23) 138 (5.43)
(0.06 ±0.01)
100 106 (4.17) 162 (6.38)
280-810_001 / AI01_2016en

1/1
© Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch | L-4562 Differdange/Niederkorn | www.viking-emea.com | Page 219
 Europe, Middle East & Africa

BENELUX CENTRAL & EASTERN EUROPE FRANCE

Hinmanweg 11d Industriestr. 10/12 Centre d’Affaires CESCOM
NL-7575 BE Oldenzaal D-23843 Bad Oldesloe 4, rue Marconi
The Netherlands Germany BP 25180
Tel.: +31 (0)541 573233 Tel.: +49 (0)4531 803 8087 F-57075 Metz Cedex 03
Fax: +31 (0)541 573234 Fax: +49 (0)4531 803 137 France
[email protected] [email protected] Tel.: +33 (0)800 10 29 23
Fax: +33 (0)800 88 70 46
[email protected]

IBÉRICA ITALY MIDDLE EAST

Calle Picos de Europa 4A Via Pavia, 76 LOB 19 Office #2506
San Fernando de Henares I-27042 Bressana Bottarone (PV) Post Box No. 17531
E-28830 Madrid Italy Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai
Spain Tel.: +39 0383 80071 United Arab Emirates
Tel.: +34 91 677 8352 [email protected] Tel.: +971 (0)4 8895 561
Fax: +34 91 677 8498 Fax: +971 (0)4 8895 562
[email protected] [email protected]

NORDIC POLAND ROMANIA & BULGARIA

Staffans Väg 5 ul. Płaskowickiej Filipiny 46/33 MODERN Business Center
S-192 78 Sollentuna PL-02 778 Warsaw B-dul Carol I nr. 34-36
Sweden Poland RO-020922 Bucharest
Tel.: +46 (0)8 594 415 90 Tel.: +48 22 403 57 90 Romania
Fax: +46 (0)8 591 280 18 Fax: +48 22 403 57 69 Tel.: +40 21 311 51 48
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

TURKEY UK & IRELAND

İnönü Cad. Sümer Sok. Unit 2 - Byram House, Newborn Court
Zitaş İş Merkezi D2 Blok K:5, D:12 Chapel Street
34742 Kozyatağı, Kadıköy, İstanbul Epworth DN9 1HQ
Turkey United Kingdom
Tel.: +90 (0)216 403 18 00 Tel.: +44 (0)1427 871 000
Fax: +90 (0)216 403 18 03 Fax: +44 (0)1427 873 917
[email protected] [email protected]
PC1.4.3.1/0318-0219/en

For further information,

please visit
www.viking-emea.com

In all cases the full product datasheet remains the reference document
Information, photos and drawings are not contractually binding
Subject to modifications without notice

Viking S.A. | Z.I. Haneboesch, L-4562 Differdange / Niederkorn, Luxembourg | Tel.: +352 58 37 37 - 1, Fax: +352 58 37 36, [email protected]